Exhibit 2.1
EXECUTION
VERSION
Confidential
Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities
and Exchange Commission. Asterisks denote
omissions.
ASSET
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated
August 5, 2009
between
BOTTOMLINE
TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
and
BANK
OF AMERICA, N.A.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ARTICLE
I THE ASSET PURCHASE
|
1.1
|
Purchase
and Sale of Assets.
|
|
|
1.2
|
Assumption
of Liabilities.
|
|
|
1.7
|
Purchase
Price Allocation
|
|
ARTICLE
II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
|
2.1
|
Organization,
Qualification and Corporate Power
|
|
|
2.2
|
Authorization
of Transaction
|
|
|
2.5
|
Absence
of Certain Changes
|
|
|
2.6
|
Undisclosed
Liabilities
|
|
|
2.8
|
Ownership
and Condition of Assets.
|
|
|
2.10
|
Real
Property Leases
|
|
|
2.11
|
Intellectual
Property.
|
|
|
2.18
|
Environmental
Matters.
|
|
|
2.20
|
Customers
and Suppliers
|
|
|
2.22
|
Certain
Business Relationships With Affiliates
|
|
|
2.26
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
|
|
2.27
|
Investment
Representations.
|
|
ARTICLE
III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
|
3.1
|
Organization
and Corporate Power
|
|
|
3.2
|
Authorization
of the Transaction
|
|
|
3.7
|
SEC
Reports; Financial Statements
|
|
|
3.8
|
Listing
and Maintenance Requirements
|
|
|
3.11
|
Buyer’s
Acknowledgement
|
|
ARTICLE
IV PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
|
4.2
|
Governmental
and Third-Party Notices and Consents.
|
|
|
4.3
|
Operation
of Business
|
|
|
4.5
|
Access
to Information.
|
|
|
4.8
|
Elimination
of Intercompany Items
|
|
ARTICLE
V CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
|
5.1
|
Conditions
to Obligations of the Buyer
|
|
|
5.2
|
Conditions
to Obligations of the Seller
|
|
ARTICLE
VI TAX MATTERS
|
6.1
|
Transfer
Taxes; Prorations.
|
|
ARTICLE
VII POST-CLOSING COVENANTS
|
7.1
|
Proprietary
Information.
|
|
|
7.2
|
Solicitation
and Hiring.
|
|
|
7.5
|
Business
Financial Statements
|
|
|
7.7
|
Cooperation
in Litigation
|
|
|
7.9
|
Adjustment
for Tangible Assets
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII INDEMNIFICATION
|
8.1
|
Indemnification
by the Seller
|
|
|
8.2
|
Indemnification
by the Buyer
|
|
|
8.3
|
Indemnification
Claims.
|
|
|
8.4
|
Survival
of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
8.6
|
Treatment
of Indemnity Payments
|
|
ARTICLE
IX TERMINATION
|
9.1
|
Termination
of Agreement
|
|
|
9.2
|
Effect
of Termination
|
|
ARTICLE
X DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE
XI MISCELLANEOUS
|
11.2
|
No
Third Party Beneficiaries
|
|
|
11.4
|
Succession
and Assignment
|
|
|
11.5
|
Counterparts
and Facsimile Signature
|
|
|
11.9
|
Amendments
and Waivers
|
|
|
11.12
|
Submission
to Jurisdiction
|
|
|
11.13
|
Specific
Performance
|
|
Exhibits
Exhibit A
- Bill
of Sale
Exhibit B
- Trademark
Assignment
Exhibit C
- Instrument
of Assumption
Exhibit D
- Services
Agreement
Exhibit E
- Transition
Services Agreement
Exhibit F
- Warrant
Exhibit G
- Sublease
Agreement
Exhibit H
- Non-Exclusive
License Agreement
Exhibit I
- Registration
Rights Agreement
Schedules
Schedule
1.1(a)
-
|
Acquired
Assets
|
Schedule
1.1(b) -
|
Excluded
Assets
|
Schedule
2.12(c) -
|
Customer
Contract Provisions
|
Schedule
5.1(f) -
|
Consents
Required for Buyer’s Obligation to
Close
|
Schedule
5.2(g) -
|
Consents
Required for Seller’s Obligation to
Close
|
Schedule
7.3(a) -
|
Existing
Business Customers
|
Schedule
7.3(b) -
|
Designated
Financial Institutions
|
Schedule
7.8(a) -
|
Available
Employees
|
Schedule
7.8(g) -
|
Seller
Severance Policy
|
Schedule
8.3(e) -
|
Optional
Arbitration
|
Schedule
8.5(a) -
|
Specific
Assets Excluded from Sufficiency
Claims
|
Schedule
10A -
|
Customer
Offerings
|
Schedule
10B -
|
Form
of Financial Summary
|
ASSET
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This
Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 5, 2009
by and between Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Buyer”), and Bank of America, N. A., a national banking association (the
“Seller”).
This
Agreement contemplates a transaction in which the Buyer will purchase
substantially all of the assets and related operations of the Seller’s PayMode
Products business (the “Business”) and assume certain specified liabilities of
the Business.
Capitalized
terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Article
X.
In
consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained,
the Parties agree as follows.
ARTICLE
I
THE
ASSET PURCHASE
1.1
Purchase and Sale of
Assets
.
(a)
Upon and
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Buyer shall purchase
from the Seller, and the Seller shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver
to the Buyer, at the Closing, for the consideration specified below in this
Article I, all right, title and interest in, to and under the Acquired
Assets.
(b)
Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 1.1(a), the Acquired Assets shall not include the
Excluded Assets.
1.2
Assumption of
Liabilities
.
(a)
Upon and
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Buyer shall assume
and become responsible for, from and after the Closing, the Assumed
Liabilities.
(b)
Notwithstanding
the terms of Section 1.2(a) or any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, the Buyer shall not assume or become responsible for, and the Seller
shall remain liable for, the Retained Liabilities.
1.3
Purchase
Price
. The Purchase Price to be paid by the Buyer for the
Acquired Assets at the Closing shall be $17,000,000 (the “Cash Purchase Price”)
and the Warrant.
1.4
The
Closing
.
(a)
The
Closing shall take place at the offices of WilmerHale in Boston, Massachusetts
commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time on the Closing Date or at such other
place and time as the Parties may mutually agree. All transactions at
the Closing shall be deemed to take place simultaneously, and no transaction
shall be deemed to have been completed and no
documents
or certificates shall be deemed to have been delivered until all other
transactions are completed and all other documents and certificates are
delivered.
(b)
At the
Closing:
(i)
the
Seller shall deliver to the Buyer the various certificates, instruments and
documents referred to in Section 5.1;
(ii)
the Buyer
shall deliver to the Seller the various certificates, instruments and documents
referred to in Section 5.2;
(iii)
the
Seller shall execute and deliver to the Buyer a bill of sale in substantially
the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A
, one or
more trademark assignments in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B
, and such
other instruments of conveyance as the Buyer may reasonably request in order to
effect the sale, transfer, conveyance and assignment to the Buyer of valid
ownership of the Acquired Assets;
(iv)
the Buyer
shall execute and deliver to the Seller an instrument of assumption in
substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C
and such
other instruments as the Seller may reasonably request in order to effect the
assumption by the Buyer of the Assumed Liabilities;
(v)
the Buyer
shall deliver to the Seller the Warrant;
(vi)
the Buyer
and the Seller shall execute and deliver to each other the Transition Services
Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Sublease Agreement;
(vii)
the Buyer
shall pay to the Seller, payable by wire transfer or other delivery of
immediately available funds to an account designated by the Seller, the Cash
Purchase Price;
(viii)
the
Seller shall deliver to the Buyer, or otherwise put the Buyer in possession and
control of, all of the Acquired Assets of a tangible nature; and
(ix)
the Buyer
and the Seller shall execute and deliver to each other a cross-receipt
evidencing the transactions referred to above.
1.5
Further
Assurances
. At any time and from time to time after the
Closing, at the request of the Buyer and without further consideration, the
Seller shall execute and deliver such other instruments of sale, transfer,
conveyance and assignment and take such actions as the Buyer may reasonably
request to more effectively transfer, convey and assign to the Buyer, and to
confirm the Buyer’s rights to, title in and ownership of, the Acquired Assets
and to place the Buyer in actual possession and operating control
thereof.
1.6
Withholding
. The
Buyer shall be entitled to deduct, withhold, and pay over to the applicable
Governmental Entity from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this
Agreement to any recipient of a payment hereunder such minimum amounts as it is
required to
deduct
and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any
provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that
amounts are so withheld by the Buyer, such withheld amounts shall be
treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable
recipient in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made
by the Buyer and the Buyer covenants to have such
withholding paid to the applicable Governmental Entity when such amount is
due.
1.7
Purchase Price
Allocation
. No later than 120 days after the Closing Date, the
Buyer shall prepare and deliver to the Seller for its review, comment and
consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) a statement setting forth
the allocation of the sum of the Purchase Price, plus any related assumed
liabilities, plus any other amounts as required by applicable Tax law among the
assets of the Business, which allocation shall be made in accordance with
Section 1060 of the Code and any applicable U.S. Treasury regulations (the
“Purchase Price Allocation”). The Seller shall notify the Buyer in
writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Purchase Price Allocation
of any disagreement or reasonable objections the Seller may have with the
Purchase Price Allocation, in which case the Buyer and the Seller shall use
their good faith efforts to reach agreement thereon. In the event the
Buyer and the Seller fail to so agree within thirty (30) days after the Seller’s
notice of disagreement has been delivered, then the Buyer and the Seller shall
promptly engage an accounting firm of national reputation to resolve the dispute
within sixty (60) days of the engagement. The Purchase Price
Allocation finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall be used by the
Seller and the Buyer for all purposes, including preparation and filing of IRS
Form 8594, and no party hereto shall take or assert any position
inconsistent therewith.
ARTICLE
II
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
The
Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer that, except as set forth in the
Disclosure Schedule, the statements contained in this Article II are true
and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be true and correct as of
the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except to the extent such
representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in
which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of
such date). The Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in sections and
subsections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections
contained in this Article II. The disclosures in any section or
subsection of the Disclosure Schedule shall qualify other sections and
subsections in this Article II only to the extent it is reasonably apparent from
a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure is applicable to such other
sections and subsections. For purposes of this Article II, the phrase “to the
knowledge of the Seller” or any phrase of similar import shall be deemed to
refer to the actual knowledge of employees of the Seller with management or
operational responsibility for the Business at a level of Senior Vice President
or above, as well as any other knowledge which such persons would have possessed
had they made reasonable inquiry of appropriate employees and agents of the
Seller with respect to the matter in question.
2.1
Organization, Qualification
and Corporate Power
. The Seller is a national banking
association, duly organized, validly existing and in corporate good standing
under the laws of the United States. The Seller is duly qualified to
conduct business and is in corporate
good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of the
properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities, in
each case as they relate exclusively or primarily to the Business, makes such
qualification necessary, except for any such failure to be qualified or in good
standing that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material
Adverse Effect. The Seller has all requisite corporate power and
authority to carry on the Business and to own and use the properties owned and
used by it.
2.2
Authorization of
Transaction
. The Seller has all requisite power and authority
to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition
Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Sublease Agreement and to perform its
obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by
the Seller of this Agreement, the performance by the Seller of this Agreement,
the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive
License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement and
the Sublease Agreement and the consummation by the Seller of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Seller. This Agreement
has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes,
and each of the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the
Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services
Agreement and the Sublease Agreement, upon its execution and delivery by the
Seller, will constitute, a valid and binding obligation of the Seller,
enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as may be
limited by Enforceability Exceptions.
2.3
Noncontravention
. Except
as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution
and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the
Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement or the Sublease Agreement
nor the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby, will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Articles of
Association or by-laws of the Seller, (b) require on the part of the Seller
any notice to or filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval
of, any Governmental Entity, except for any filing, permit, authorization,
consent or approval which if not obtained or made would not reasonably be
expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect; (c) conflict
with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of
time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under,
create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any
notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Seller
is a party or by which the Seller is bound or to which any of its assets is
subject, except for (i) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration,
termination, modification or cancellation which, individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse
Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver
the absence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be
expected to have a Business Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be
expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, (d) result in the imposition of any Security Interest upon any
assets of the Business or (e) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree,
statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller or any of its respective
properties or assets, except for any violation that would not reasonably be
expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.
2.4
Financial
Summaries
. The Seller has provided to the Buyer the Financial
Summaries. The Financial Summaries are consistent with the books and
records of the Business and fairly present, in all material respects, the fixed
assets and income and expenses of the Business as of the respective dates
thereof and for the periods referred to therein.
2.5
Absence of Certain
Changes
. Since the Measurement Date, (a) there has
occurred no event or development which, individually or in the aggregate, has
had, or could reasonably be expected to have in the future, a Business Material
Adverse Effect, and (b) the Seller has not taken any of the actions set
forth in paragraphs (a) through (j) of Section 4.3.
2.6
Undisclosed
Liabilities
. The Business does not have any liability of a
nature which is material to the Business, except for liabilities which have
arisen since the Measurement Date in the Ordinary Course of Business and the
Retained Liabilities.
2.7
Tax
Matters
.
(a)
The
Seller has properly filed on a timely basis all Tax Returns that it was required
to file with regard to the Business, and all such Tax Returns were true, correct
and complete. The Seller has paid on a timely basis all material
Taxes that are related to the Business that were due and payable. The
Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to
file any Tax Return related to the Business. All Taxes that the
Seller was required by law to withhold or collect with regard to the Business
have been duly withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been
properly paid to the appropriate Governmental Entity.
(b)
No claim
has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where the Seller does not
file Tax Returns with regard to the Business that the Seller is or may be
subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. With regard to the Business, the
Seller has not waived any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes or agreed
to extend the period for assessment or collection of any Taxes.
(c)
None of
the Assumed Liabilities is an obligation to make a payment that is not
deductible under Section 280G of the Code.
(d)
None of
the assets of the Business (i) is property that is required to be treated as
being owned by any other person pursuant to the provisions of former Section
168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, (ii) is “tax-exempt use
property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code, (iii) directly or
indirectly secures any debt the interest on which is tax exempt under Section
103(a) of the Code or (iv) is subject to a lease under Section 7701(h) of the
Code or under any predecessor section.
(e)
The
Seller, with regard to the Business, is not a party to a lease that is treated
as a “Section 467 rental agreement” within the meaning of Section 467(d) of the
Code.
(f)
There are
no liens or other encumbrances with respect to Taxes upon any of the assets or
properties of the Business, other than with respect to Taxes not yet due and
payable.
2.8
Ownership and Condition of
Assets
.
(a)
The
Seller is the true and lawful owner, and has good title to, all of the Acquired
Assets, free and clear of all Security Interests, except as set forth in Section
2.8(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule. Upon execution and delivery by
the Seller to the Buyer of the instruments of conveyance referred to in Section
1.4(b)(iii), the Buyer will become the true and lawful owner of, and will
receive good title to, the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Security
Interests other than those set forth in Section 2.8(a)(ii) of the Disclosure
Schedule.
(b)
Assuming
the Buyer has employees (including any Hired Employees) with sufficient skill to
operate the Business following the Closing, the Sublease Agreement, the Acquired
Assets and those Excluded Assets being made available in accordance with the
terms of the Transition Services Agreement and the Non-Exclusive License
Agreement are sufficient for the conduct of the Business as presently conducted
and as described in
Schedule 10A
in all
material respects (the foregoing representation and warranty of the Seller being
referred to in this Agreement as the “Asset Sufficiency Rep”) and constitute all
of the assets used by the Seller primarily or exclusively in the
Business. No representation or warranty is given with respect to the
condition or state of repair of any tangible Acquired Asset. The
Business Continuity Plan used in the Business has been provided to
Buyer.
(c)
Section
2.8(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists individually (i) all Acquired
Assets which are fixed assets (within the meaning of GAAP), and (ii) all other
Acquired Assets of a tangible nature (other than inventories).
(d)
Section
2.8(d) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies individually all assets which are
material to the operation of the Business but which are not being conveyed to
the Buyer under this Agreement (including, by way of example, network
infrastructure, monitoring tools, software management tools, ticketing systems
and similar assets).
2.9
Owned Real
Property
. The Seller does not own any real property that is
used exclusively or primarily in the Business.
2.10
Real Property
Leases
. Section 2.10 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all
Leases and lists the term of each such Lease, any extension and expansion
options, and the rent payable thereunder. The Seller has delivered to
the Buyer complete and accurate copies of the Leases. With respect to
each Lease:
(a)
such
Lease is in full force and effect and is legal, valid, binding and enforceable
against the Seller, and to the knowledge of the Seller, the other parties
thereto;
(b)
such
Lease is assignable by the Seller to the Buyer without the consent or approval
of any party (except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule
and except to the extent the failure to obtain such consent or approval would
not be reasonably likely to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect) and
such Lease will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full
force and effect immediately following the Closing in accordance with the terms
thereof as in effect immediately prior to the Closing;
(c)
neither
the Seller nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, any other party, is in breach or
violation of, or default under, any such Lease, and no event has occurred, is
pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, is threatened, which, after the
giving of notice, with lapse of time, or otherwise, would constitute a breach or
default by the Seller or, to the knowledge of the Seller, any other party under
such Lease;
(d)
there are
no disputes, oral agreements or forbearance programs in effect as to such
Lease;
(e)
the
Seller has not has assigned, transferred, conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust
or encumbered any interest in the leasehold or subleasehold;
(f)
to the
knowledge of the Seller, all facilities leased or subleased thereunder are
supplied with utilities and other services adequate for the operation of said
facilities as currently conducted; and
(g)
the
Seller is not aware of any Security Interest, easement, covenant or other
restriction applicable to the real property subject to such lease which would
reasonably be expected to materially impair the current uses or the occupancy by
the Business of the property subject thereto.
2.11
Intellectual
Property
.
(a)
Seller
Registrations
. Section 2.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule
lists all Seller Registrations, in each case enumerating specifically the
applicable filing or registration number, title, jurisdiction in which filing
was made or from which registration issued, date of filing or issuance, names of
all current applicant(s) and registered owners(s), as applicable. All
assignments of Seller Registrations to the Seller have been properly executed
and recorded. To the knowledge of the Seller, all Seller
Registrations are valid and enforceable and all issuance, renewal, maintenance
and other payments that are or have become due with respect thereto have been
timely paid by or on behalf of the Seller.
(b)
Prosecution
Matters
. There are no inventorship challenges, opposition or
nullity proceedings or interferences declared, commenced or provoked, or to the
knowledge of the Seller, threatened, with respect to any Patent Rights included
in the Seller Registrations. As relates to Seller Registrations, the
Seller has complied with any applicable duty of candor and disclosure to the
United States Patent and Trademark Office and any relevant foreign patent office
with respect to all patent and trademark applications filed by or on behalf of
the Seller and has made no material misrepresentation in such
applications. The Seller has no knowledge of any information that
would preclude the Seller from having clear title to the Seller Registrations or
affecting the enforceability of any Seller Registrations.
(c)
Ownership;
Sufficiency
. Except to the extent forming part of Excluded
Assets and the items set forth in Section 2.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedule,
each item of Seller Intellectual Property will be owned or, subject to the
consent requirements in the applicable agreements with the vendors listed in
Section 2.11(c)(1) of the Disclosure Schedule, available for use by the Buyer
immediately following the Closing on substantially identical terms and
conditions as it was immediately prior to the Closing, and such Seller
Intellectual Property is
sufficient
for the conduct of the Business as presently conducted and as described in
Schedule 10A
in all
material respects. The Seller is the sole and exclusive owner of all
Seller Owned Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Security Interests
and, all joint owners of the Seller Owned Intellectual Property, if any, are
listed in Section 2.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedule. Except to the
extent forming part of Excluded Assets and the items set forth in Section
2.11(c), the Seller Intellectual Property constitutes all Intellectual Property
necessary (i) to Exploit the Customer Offerings in the manner so done by the
Seller prior to the Closing Date, (ii) to Exploit the Internal Systems in the
manner so done by the Seller prior to the Closing Date, and (iii) otherwise to
conduct the Seller’s business in all material respects in the manner currently
conducted by the Seller.
(d)
Protection
Measures
. The Seller has taken reasonable measures to protect
the proprietary nature of each item of Seller Owned Intellectual Property, and
to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information
comprising a part thereof. To the knowledge of the Seller, the Seller
has complied in all material respects with all applicable contractual and legal
requirements pertaining to information privacy and security with respect to
information processed or used by the Business. No complaint relating
to an improper use or disclosure of, or a breach in the security of, any such
information has been made or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened against
the Seller. To the knowledge of the Seller, there has been no: (i)
unauthorized disclosure of any third party proprietary or confidential
information processed or used in the Business that is or was in the possession,
custody or control of the Seller or (ii) breach of the Seller’s security
procedures wherein confidential information processed or used in the Business
has been disclosed to a third person, except for such disclosure or breach that
would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse
Effect. The Seller has actively policed the quality of all goods and
services sold, distributed or marketed under each of the Business Trademarks and
has enforced adequate quality control measures to ensure that no Business
Trademarks that it has licensed to others, if any, shall be deemed to be
abandoned.
(e)
Infringement by
Seller
. None of the Customer Offerings, or the Exploitation
thereof by the Seller or by any reseller, distributor, customer or user thereof,
or any other activity of the Seller, to the knowledge of the Seller after
reasonable diligence, infringes or violates, or constitutes a misappropriation
of, the Intellectual Property rights described in Section 2.11(e) of the
Disclosure Schedule or, to the knowledge of Seller, infringes or violates, or
constitutes a misappropriation of the Intellectual Property rights
of any other third party. None of the Internal Systems, or
the Seller’s past or current Exploitation thereof, or any other activity
undertaken by them in connection with the Business, to the knowledge of the
Seller after reasonable diligence, infringes or violates, or constitutes a
misappropriation of, the Intellectual Property rights described in Section
2.11(e) of the Disclosure Schedule or, to the knowledge of
Seller, infringes or violates, or constitutes a misappropriation of
the Intellectual Property rights of any other third party. Section 2.11(e) of
the Disclosure Schedule lists any complaint, claim or notice, or threat of any
of the foregoing (including any notification that a license under any patent is
or may be required), received by the Seller alleging any such infringement,
violation or misappropriation and any request or demand for indemnification or
defense received by the Seller from any reseller, distributor, customer, user or
any other third party; and the Seller has provided to the Buyer copies of all
such complaints, claims, notices, requests, demands or threats, as well as any
legal opinions, studies, market surveys and analyses, if any, relating to any
alleged
or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation. For the
purposes of this Section 2.11(e) only, the phrase “to the knowledge of the
Seller” shall be deemed to refer to the actual knowledge of (i) the
in-house attorney of the Seller who has principal responsibility for the legal
affairs of the Business and (ii) other employees of the Seller with
management or operational responsibility for the Business at a level of Senior
Vice President or above, as well as any other knowledge which such persons would
have possessed had such person made reasonable inquiry of appropriate employees
and agents of the Seller with respect to any claim(s) of infringement, violation
or misappropriation or the Intellectual Property Rights of any other third party
that name the Customer Offerings, or the Exploitation thereof, as the basis for
the claim(s). For purposes of clarification, the references above to
“reasonable diligence” shall also mean with respect to claim(s) of infringement,
violation or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property Rights of any other
third party that name the Customer Offerings, or the Exploitation thereof, as
the basis for the claim(s).
(f)
Infringement of
Rights
. Except as set forth in Section 2.11(f) of the
Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of the Seller, no person (including any
current or former employee or consultant of the Seller) is infringing, violating
or misappropriating any of the Seller Owned Intellectual Property or any Seller
Licensed Intellectual Property which is exclusively licensed to the
Seller. The Seller has provided to the Buyer copies of all
correspondence, analyses, legal opinions, complaints, claims, notices or threats
concerning the infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Seller Owned
Intellectual Property.
(g)
Outbound IP
Agreements
. Except for the Customer Contracts, Section 2.11(g)
of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each license, covenant or other agreement,
if any, pursuant to which the Seller has assigned, transferred, licensed,
distributed or otherwise granted any right or access to any person, or
covenanted not to assert any right, with respect to any past, existing or future
Seller Intellectual Property. Except in its agreements with its
customers, the Seller has not agreed to indemnify any person against any
infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property rights
with respect to any Customer Offerings or any third party Intellectual Property
rights relating to the Business. Except as set forth in Section
2.11(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Seller is not a member of or party to
any patent pool, industry standards body, trade association or other
organization pursuant to the rules of which it is obligated to license any
existing or future Intellectual Property relating to the Business to any
person.
(h)
Inbound IP
Agreements
. Section 2.11(h) of the Disclosure Schedule
identifies (i) each item of Seller Licensed Intellectual Property (excluding
currently-available, off the shelf software programs that are part of the
Internal Systems and are licensed by the Seller pursuant to “shrink wrap”
licenses, the total fees associated with which are less than $10,000) and (ii)
except for agreements and/or assignments with Business employees and independent
contractors of the Seller, each agreement, contract, assignment or other
instrument pursuant to which the Seller has obtained any joint or sole ownership
interest in or to each item of Seller Owned Intellectual
Property. Except as set forth in Section 2.11(h) of the Disclosure
Schedule, none of the Customer Offerings or Internal Systems includes
“shareware,” “freeware” or other Software or other material that was obtained by
the Seller from third parties other than pursuant to the license agreements
listed in Section 2.11(h) of the Disclosure Schedule or pursuant to license
agreements exempt from disclosure pursuant to Section 2.11(h)(i)
above.
(i)
Source Code
. The
Seller has not licensed, distributed or disclosed, and knows of no distribution
or disclosure by others (including its employees and contractors) of, the Seller
Source Code to any person, except pursuant to the agreements listed in Section
2.11(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, and the Seller has taken all reasonable
physical and electronic security measures to prevent disclosure of such Seller
Source Code. No event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition
exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) will, or would
reasonably be expected to, nor will the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, result in the disclosure or release of such Seller Source
Code by the Seller, its escrow agent(s) or any other person to any third
party.
(j)
Authorship
. Except
as set forth in Sections 2.11(h) and 2.11(k) of the Disclosure Schedule (and
except for those items of Seller Licensed Intellectual Property
exempt from disclosure
pursuant to Section 2.11(h)(i) above), all of the Software and Documentation
comprising, incorporated in or bundled with the Customer Offerings or Internal
Systems have been designed, authored, tested and debugged by Business Employees
of the Seller within the scope of their employment or by independent contractors
of the Seller who have assigned their rights in such copyrightable materials to
the Seller.
(k)
Open Source
Code
. Section 2.11(k) of the Disclosure Schedule (A) lists all
Open Source Materials that Seller has utilized in any way in the Exploitation of
the Customer Offerings or Internal Systems and (i) require, as a condition of
the Exploitation of such Open Source Materials, that other Software or data
incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source Materials
be (x) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (y) licensed for the
purpose of making derivative works, or (z) redistributable at no charge or (ii)
purport to grant, to any third party, any rights or immunities under
Intellectual Property rights used exclusively or primarily in the Business, and
(B) describes the manner in which such Open Source Materials have been
utilized.
(l)
Employee and Contractor
Assignments
. Each Business Employee and each independent contractor of
the Seller who has been involved in the design, development or creation of
Customer Offerings or Internal Systems has agreed to be bound to assignment
provisions substantially equivalent in all material respects to those provisions
in the form agreement provided to the Buyer that assigns to the Seller all
right, title and interest in any inventions and works of authorship, whether or
not patentable, invented, created, developed, conceived and/or reduced to
practice during the term of such employee's employment or such independent
contractor's work for the Seller, and all Intellectual Property rights
therein.
(m)
Quality
. As of the
Closing Date, the Customer Offerings and the Internal Systems are free from
significant defects in design, workmanship and materials and conform in all
material respects to the written Documentation and specifications
therefor. To the knowledge of the Seller, the Customer Offerings and
the Internal Systems do not contain any disabling device, virus, worm, back
door, Trojan horse or other disruptive or malicious code that may or are
intended to impair their intended performance or otherwise permit unauthorized
access to, hamper, delete or damage any computer system, software, network or
data. Within the past year, the Seller has not received any warranty
claims, contractual terminations or requests for settlement or refund due to the
failure of the Customer Offerings to meet their specifications. The
Seller warrants that the Customer Offerings offered as of the Closing Date
conform to or
exceed,
in all material respects, the descriptions set forth in
Schedule
10A
. The Seller represents and warrants that neither
performance nor functionality of the Customer Offerings is or will be affected
by dates prior to, during and after the year 2000.
(n)
Support and
Funding
. Other than implementation fees for services rendered,
the Seller has neither sought, applied for nor received any support, funding,
resources or assistance from any federal, state, local or foreign governmental
or quasi-governmental agency or funding source in connection with the
Exploitation of the Customer Offerings, the Internal Systems or any facilities
or equipment used in connection therewith.
2.12
Contracts
.
(a)
Section
2.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the following agreements (written or
oral) to which the Seller is a party as of the date of this Agreement (other
than any Customer Contracts) that relate exclusively or primarily to the
Business or are necessary for the conduct of the Business:
(i)
any
agreement (or group of related agreements) for the lease of personal property
from or to third parties providing for lease payments in excess of $25,000 per
annum and having a remaining term longer than 12 months;
(ii)
any
agreement (or group of related agreements) for the purchase of products or for
the furnishing or receipt of services (A) which calls for performance over a
period of more than one year, which involves more than the sum of $25,000 per
annum over the remaining term of the agreement and cannot be canceled by the
Seller on 90 days or less notice, or (B) in which the Seller has granted
marketing or distribution rights relating to any products or territory or has
agreed to purchase a minimum quantity of goods or services or has agreed to
purchase goods or services exclusively from a certain party;
(iii)
any
agreement concerning the establishment or operation of a partnership, joint
venture or limited liability company;
(iv)
any
agreement (or group of related agreements) under which it has created, incurred,
assumed or guaranteed (or may create, incur, assume or guarantee) indebtedness
(including capitalized lease obligations) involving remaining payments of more
than $25,000 or under which it has imposed (or may impose) a Security Interest
on any of the assets, tangible or intangible, of the Business;
(v)
any
agreement for the disposition of any significant portion of the assets or
business of the Business (other than sales of products in the Ordinary Course of
Business) or any agreement for the acquisition of the assets or business of any
other entity (other than purchases of inventory or components in the Ordinary
Course of Business);
(vi)
any
agreement concerning exclusivity;
(vii)
any
employment or consulting agreement;
(viii)
any
severance, “stay pay” or termination agreement;
(ix)
any
agreement involving any current or former management employee or key employee of
the Business;
(x)
any
agreement under which the consequences of a default or termination would
reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse Effect;
(xi)
any
agreement which contains any provisions requiring the Seller to indemnify any
other party (excluding indemnities contained in agreements for the purchase,
sale or license of products entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business,
including vendor agreements);
(xii)
any
agreement that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or
materially restricting the conduct of the Business as currently
conducted;
(xiii)
any
agreement under which the Seller is restricted in any material respect from
selling, licensing or otherwise distributing any of the technology or products
of the Business, or providing services of the Business to, customers or
potential customers or any class of customers, in any geographic area, during
any period of time or any segment of the market or line of
business;
(xiv)
any
agreement which would entitle any third party to receive a license or any other
right to intellectual property of the Buyer or any of the Buyer’s Affiliates
following the Closing; and
(xv)
any
Assigned Contract.
(b)
Seller
has delivered to the Buyer a complete and accurate copy of each Assigned
Contract and, except as described in Section 2.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule,
each other agreement listed in Section 2.11 or Section 2.12(a) of the
Disclosure Schedule. With respect to each agreement so
listed: (i) the agreement is in full force and effect and is
legal, valid, binding and enforceable against the Seller and, to the knowledge
of the Seller, the other parties thereto; (ii) for those agreements to
which the Seller is a party, the agreement is assignable by the Seller to the
Buyer without the consent or approval of any party (except as set forth in
Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule and except to the extent the failure
to obtain such consent or approval would not be reasonably likely to result in a
Business Material Adverse Effect) and will continue to be legal, valid, binding
and enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing
in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the
Closing; and (iii) neither the Seller nor, to the knowledge of the Seller,
any other party, is in breach or violation of, or default under, any such
agreement, and no event has occurred, is pending or, to the knowledge of the
Seller, is threatened which, after the giving of notice, with lapse of time, or
otherwise, would constitute a breach or default by the Seller or, to the
knowledge of the Seller, any other party under such agreement.
(c)
Section
2.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies and describes any material
deviation from, or material omission of, the provisions set forth (i) in the
Terms of Use included on
Schedule 2.12(c)(i)
existing in any Customer Contract entered into on or after August 5, 2006 and
(ii) in the Terms of Use included on
Schedule 2.12(c)(ii)
existing in any Customer Contract entered into prior to August 5,
2006.
2.13
Insurance
. The
Seller does not have any insurance policy (including fire, theft, casualty,
comprehensive general liability, workers compensation, business interruption,
environmental, product liability and automobile insurance policies and bond and
surety arrangements) that relates exclusively or primarily to the
Business. There is no material claim with respect to the Business
that is pending under any insurance policy (including fire, theft, casualty,
comprehensive general liability, workers compensation, business interruption,
environmental, product liability and automobile insurance policies and bond and
surety arrangements) to which the Seller is a party (a) as to which coverage has
been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy or (b)
which would reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse
Effect.
2.14
Litigation
. There
is no Legal Proceeding which is pending or has been threatened in writing
against the Seller that relates exclusively or primarily to the Business and
which (a) seeks either damages in excess of $100,000 or equitable relief or (b)
in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or delay the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There are no judgments,
orders or decrees outstanding against the Seller with respect to the
Business.
2.15
Warranties
. No
product or service of the Business is subject in any material respect to any
guaranty, warranty, right of credit or other indemnity other than (i) the
applicable standard terms and conditions of sale, license or lease of the
Seller, which are set forth in Section 2.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, and
(ii) manufacturers’ warranties for which the Seller has no
liability. Section 2.15 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth
the aggregate expenses incurred by the Seller in fulfilling its obligations
under its guaranty, warranty, right of credit and other indemnity provisions
during each of the fiscal years and the interim period covered by the Financial
Summaries; and as of the date of this Agreement, the Seller does not know of any
such expenses incurred in 2009 since the last date of the Financial Summaries
that would result in any significant increase in warranty expense as a
percentage of sales for fiscal year 2009.
2.16
Employees
.
(a)
Section
2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Available Employees and
the position of each such Available Employee, and the Seller has made available
to Buyer the annual rate of compensation of each such person. All of
the Available Employees are employees of the Seller engaged exclusively or
primarily in the Business, provided, however, that the Parties have agreed that
not all Business Employees will be Available Employees. Each current
or past Business Employee has agreed to be bound to the confidentiality and
inventions assignment provisions contained in the Code of Ethics of the Seller,
which Code of Ethics has previously been made available to the
Buyer. Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all
Available Employees who are a party to a non-competition agreement with the
Seller; copies of such agreements have previously been made available to the
Buyer. Each such agreement referenced in the two preceding sentences to which
the Seller is a party is assignable by the Seller to the Buyer without the
consent or approval of any party and will continue to be legal, valid, binding
and enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing
in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the
Closing. Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of
all Business Employees who are not citizens of the United States.
(b)
The
Seller is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement
relating to the Business, nor has any of them experienced with respect to the
Business any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other
collective bargaining disputes. The Seller has no knowledge of any
organizational effort made or threatened, either currently or within the past
two years, by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to Business
Employees.
(c)
The
Available Employees (together with temporary employees provided by Adecco and by
Zerochaos and used in the Business by Seller and the senior management of Seller
that manage other lines of business for Seller in addition to the Business) are
sufficient to conduct the Business as presently conducted.
2.17
Employee
Benefits
.
(a)
Buyer
shall have no liability or responsibility for benefits earned under the Business
Benefit Plans through the Closing. All of the Business Benefit Plans
are sponsored by the Seller.
(b)
The
Business Benefit Plans that are intended to be qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code have received determination letters from the
Internal Revenue Service to the effect that such Business Benefit Plans are
qualified and the plans and the trusts related thereto are exempt from federal
income Taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively, of the Code,
or the period for obtaining such a determination letter has not yet
closed.
(c)
Neither
the Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained or been required to
contribute to any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of
ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or to any “multiemployer plan” (as
defined in Section 4001(a)(e) of ERISA).
2.18
Environmental
Matters
.
(a)
The
Seller has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to the
Business’ operations at the Business Properties, except for violations of
Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and
would not reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse
Effect. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller,
threatened civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation, formal
administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request by
any Governmental Entity, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Seller
with respect to the Business’ operations or the Business
Properties.
(b)
No
Materials of Environmental Concern have been Released by the Seller at any
Business Property in violation of applicable Environmental Law, except for any
such Release that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business
Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
There is
no pending civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation or formal
administrative proceeding, investigation or claim relating to any Environmental
Law involving any of the Business Properties or any property formerly owned or
operated by the
Seller in
connection with the Business, except for any such litigation, notice,
proceeding, investigation or claim that would not reasonably be expected to
result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.
(d)
The
Seller is not a party to or bound by any court order, administrative order,
consent order or other agreement with any Governmental Entity entered into in
connection with any legal obligation or liability arising under any
Environmental Law that is exclusively or primarily related to the
Business.
(e)
The
Seller has those permits, licenses and approvals required under Environmental
Law to operate the Business Properties as currently operated by the Seller,
except for any such permits, licenses or approvals the absence of which would
not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse
Effect.
2.19
Legal
Compliance
. The Seller is in compliance with all applicable
laws (including rules and regulations thereunder) of any federal, state or
foreign government, or any Governmental Entity, currently in effect with respect
to the Business, except where the failure to comply therewith has not resulted
and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse
Effect. The Seller has not received written notice of any pending
action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, claim, demand or notice
relating to the Business alleging any failure to so comply.
2.20
Customers and
Suppliers
. Section 2.20 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth
a list of (a) the top 10 customers (on a redacted basis), by consolidated
revenue, of the Business during the last full fiscal year and the amount of
revenues accounted for by such customer during such period and (b) each supplier
(other than any software vendors) that is the sole supplier of any significant
product or service to the Business pursuant to a contract that will be included
in the Acquired Assets. Since January 1, 2009, no such supplier has
delivered written notice to Seller indicating that such supplier is either (i)
terminating its relationship with Seller prior to the expiration of the term of
the applicable contract with Seller, or (ii) significantly decreasing the rate
of supplying products or services to Seller in 2009.
2.21
Permits
. Section
2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all Permits required in
connection with the Business as presently conducted. Such listed
Permits are the only Permits that are required for, and material to, the conduct
of the Business as presently conducted. Each such Permit is in full
force and effect; the Seller is in compliance with the terms of each such
Permit; and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no suspension or cancellation of
such Permit is threatened.
2.22
Certain Business
Relationships With Affiliates
. No Affiliate of the Seller owns
any material property or right, tangible or intangible, which is used primarily
or exclusively in the Business. Section 2.22 of the Disclosure
Schedule describes any transactions or relationships between the Seller and any
Affiliate thereof that are primarily or exclusively related to the Business and
material to the Business and which occurred or have existed since January 1,
2008.
2.23
Brokers’
Fees
. The Seller has no liability or obligation to pay any
fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement that would constitute an Assumed
Liability.
2.24
Books and
Records
. The books and records of the Seller since January 1,
2008 that relate exclusively or primarily to the Business accurately reflect in
all material respects the assets, liabilities, business and results of
operations of the Business and have been maintained in accordance with good
business and bookkeeping practices.
2.25
Disclosure
. No
representation or warranty by the Seller contained in this Agreement, and no
statement contained in the Disclosure Schedule or any other document,
certificate or other instrument delivered or to be delivered by or on behalf of
the Seller pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact
necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, in
order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
2.26
Controls and
Procedures
. With respect to the Business:
(a)
The
Seller maintains accurate books and records reflecting the assets and
liabilities and maintains proper and adequate internal control over financial
reporting which provide assurance that (i) transactions are executed with
management’s authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Seller and to
maintain accountability for the Seller’s consolidated assets and (iii) access to
assets of the Business is permitted only in accordance with management’s
authorization. Neither the Seller nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Seller has made any unlawful
contributions or gifts related to the Business.
(b)
The
Seller maintains accurate books and records reflecting the transactional data it
processes on behalf of its customers and persons and entities constituting part
of the Vendor Network. The Seller regularly and promptly reconciles
transactional data and retains auditable records that provide management,
customers and the persons and entities constituting part of the Vendor Network
with a full and accurate accounting in all material respects of all transactions
conducted by the Business.
2.27
Investment
Representations.
(a)
The
Seller is acquiring the Warrant, and (if and when it exercises the Warrant) it
will acquire the Warrant Shares, for its own account for investment and not with
a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, nor with
any present intention of distributing or selling the same, and the Seller has no
present or contemplated agreement, undertaking, arrangement, obligation,
indebtedness or commitment providing for the disposition thereof.
(b)
The
Seller has made such inquiry concerning the Buyer and its business and personnel
as it has deemed appropriate, and has sufficient knowledge and experience in
finance and business such that it is capable of evaluating the risks and merits
of its investment in the Buyer.
(c)
The
Seller understands that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the
meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and that the Warrant and the
Warrant Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they
are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from
registration is then available.
ARTICLE
III
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
The Buyer
represents and warrants to the Seller that the statements contained in this
Article III are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be
true and correct as of the Closing as though made as of the
Closing.
3.1
Organization and Corporate
Power
. The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Buyer
is duly qualified to conduct business and is in corporate good standing under
the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned,
leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities, makes such
qualification necessary, except for any such failure to be qualified or in good
standing that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect. The Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority to
carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties
owned and used by it.
3.2
Authorization of the
Transaction
. The Buyer has all requisite power and authority
to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition
Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Sublease Agreement and the Warrant, and
to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution
and delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the
Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Sublease Agreement
and the Warrant and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Buyer. This Agreement
has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes a
valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance
with its terms, except as may be limited by Enforceability
Exceptions.
3.3
Noncontravention
. Neither
the execution and delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement, the Ancillary
Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement, the
Sublease Agreement or the Warrant, nor the consummation by the Buyer of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (a) conflict with or
violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of the
Buyer, (b) require on the part of the Buyer any filing with, or permit,
authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity (other than the
filing of one or more Forms 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
filings with The NASDAQ Global Market relating to the Warrant or the Warrant
Shares or similar filings), (c) conflict with, result in breach of,
constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or
both) a
default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any
party any right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent
or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Buyer is a party or by
which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, except for (i) any
conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or
cancellation which would not adversely affect the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the
absence of which would not adversely affect the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, or (d) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree,
statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Buyer or any of its properties or
assets.
3.4
Litigation
. There
is no Legal Proceeding which is pending or has been threatened in writing
against the Buyer that (a) the adverse determination of which would reasonably
be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (b) in any manner challenges
or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or delay the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement. There are no judgments, orders or decrees outstanding against
the Buyer which have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse
Effect.
3.5
Capitalization
. The
authorized capitalization of the Buyer as of the Closing Date (after giving
effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder) consists of 50,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share (“Buyer Common Stock”), and 4,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (“Buyer Preferred Stock”).
As of the close of business on the third business day prior to the date of this
Agreement (the “Buyer Capitalization Date”), (i) 25,121,801 shares of Buyer
Common Stock were issued and outstanding, (ii) 2,205,755 shares of Buyer Common
Stock were held in the treasury of the Buyer and (iii) no shares of Buyer
Preferred Stock were outstanding. As of the close of business on the Buyer
Capitalization Date, there were 4,259,309 shares of Buyer Common Stock subject
to outstanding options or other awards or rights granted under the Buyer Stock
Plans and 2,093,443 shares of Buyer Common Stock reserved for future issuance
under the Buyer Stock Plans. Buyer has not issued a material number
of shares of Buyer Common Stock during the period of time from the Buyer
Capitalization Date to the date of this Agreement or to the Closing
Date. Except as set forth in this Section 3.5 and except for the
Warrant, (i) there are no equity securities of any class of the Buyer, or any
security exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities, issued,
reserved for issuance or outstanding and (ii) there are no options, warrants,
equity securities, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character to
which the Buyer is a party or by which the Buyer is bound obligating the Buyer
to issue, exchange, transfer, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, exchanged,
transferred, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other
equity interests of the Buyer or any security or rights convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any such shares or other equity interests, or
obligating the Buyer to grant or enter into any such option, warrant, equity
security, call, right, commitment or agreement. The Buyer does not
have any outstanding stock appreciation rights, phantom stock or similar rights
or obligations. All outstanding shares of Buyer Common Stock has been duly and
validly authorized and issued and is fully paid and nonassessable.
3.6
Legal
Compliance
. The Buyer is in compliance with all applicable
laws (including rules and regulations thereunder) of any federal, state or
foreign government, or any Governmental Entity, currently in effect with respect
to its business, except where the failure to comply therewith has not resulted
and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse
Effect. The Buyer has not received written notice of any pending
action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, claim, demand or notice
relating to its business alleging any failure to so comply.
3.7
SEC Reports; Financial
Statements
. The Buyer has filed all reports required to be
filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) thereof, for the two years preceding the date hereof
(the foregoing materials being collectively referred to herein as the “SEC
Reports”) on a timely basis or has received a valid extension of such time of
filing and has filed any such SEC Reports prior to the expiration of any such
extension. As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports complied in
all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act. The financial statements of the Buyer included in
the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting
requirements and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC with respect
thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except as may be otherwise specified
in such financial statements or the notes thereto, and fairly present in all
material respects the financial position of the Buyer and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and
cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited
statements, to normal, immaterial, year-end audit adjustments.
3.8
Listing and Maintenance
Requirements
. The Buyer is in compliance with all applicable
listing and maintenance requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market.
3.9
Financing
. The
Buyer has or will have sufficient cash, available lines of credit or other
sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Cash
Purchase Price hereunder on the date when the conditions set forth in Section
5.1 have been satisfied.
3.10
Brokers’
Fees
. The Buyer has no liability or obligation to pay any fees
or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
3.11
Buyer’s
Acknowledgement
. The Buyer acknowledges that the
representations and warranties by the Seller in this Agreement constitute the
sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Seller to the Buyer in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Buyer understands,
acknowledges and agrees that all other representations and warranties of any
kind or nature expressed or implied (including any relating to the future or
historical financial condition, results of operations, assets or liabilities of
the Business or the quality, quantity or condition of the assets of the
Business) are specifically disclaimed by the Seller, provided, however, that
such disclaimer shall not in any event be applicable to claims attributable to
actual fraud on the part of the Seller. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, the Seller does not make or provide, and the Buyer hereby waives, any
warranty or representation, express or implied, as to the quality,
merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, conformity to samples, or
condition of the Seller’s assets or any part thereto.
3.12
Projections
. In
connection with the Buyer’s investigation of the Seller and the Business, the
Buyer has received from or on behalf of the Seller certain projections,
including projected statements of operating revenues and income from operations
of the Business and
certain
business plan information. The Buyer acknowledges that there are
uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such estimates, projections and
other forecasts and plans, that the Buyer is familiar with such uncertainties,
that the Buyer is taking full responsibility for making its own evaluation of
the adequacy and accuracy of all estimates, projections and other forecasts and
plans so furnished to it (including the reasonableness of the assumptions
underlying such estimates, projections and forecasts), and that the Buyer shall
have no claim against the Seller with respect thereto.
3.13
Warrant
.
(a) The
Warrant Shares have been duly and validly reserved for issuance. The
Warrant has been, and when issued in compliance with the provisions of this
Agreement, the Warrant and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Buyer, the
Warrant Shares will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will
be free of any liens or encumbrances other than liens and encumbrances pursuant
to actions taken by the holder of such Warrant or Warrant Shares.
(b) Assuming
the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in
Section 2.28 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and the Warrant
Shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and will be issued and sold in compliance with all applicable federal and state
securities laws.
(c) The
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of the Warrant and the
Warrant Shares will not result in any holder of any capital stock of the Buyer
(or of any rights to acquire capital stock of the Buyer) having any rights to
purchase or receive additional or other securities of the Buyer. The
issuance and sale of the Warrant hereunder does not contravene the rules and
regulations of the NASDAQ Global Market and no approval of the Buyer’s
stockholders is required for the Buyer to fulfill its obligations under the
Warrant.
ARTICLE
IV
PRE-CLOSING
COVENANTS
4.1
Closing
Efforts
. Each of the Parties shall use its Reasonable Best
Efforts to take all actions and to do all things necessary, proper or advisable
to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using
its Reasonable Best Efforts to cause (i) its representations and warranties
to remain true and correct in all material respects through the Closing Date and
(ii) the conditions to the obligations of the other Party to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be satisfied.
4.2
Governmental and Third-Party
Notices and Consents
.
(a)
Each
Party shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, at its expense, all
waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations from Governmental
Entities, and to effect all registrations, filings and notices with or to
Governmental Entities, as may be required for such Party to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to otherwise comply with all
applicable laws and regulations in connection with the consummation
of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that the Seller
shall have no obligation to pay any material amounts or incur any material
liability or obligation to any Governmental Entity as a condition or inducement
for obtaining any such waivers, consents and approvals.
(b)
As
further provided
in
Schedule 4.2(b)
, the Seller shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to
obtain, at its expense, all such waivers, consents or approvals from third
parties, and to give all such notices to third parties, as listed or are
required to be listed in the Disclosure Schedule; provided, however, that the
Seller shall have no obligation to pay any material amounts or incur any
material liability or obligation to any third party as a condition or inducement
for obtaining any such waivers, consents and approvals.
Schedule 4.2(b)
lists
the software or online subscriptions which are material to the Business and,
with respect to each such asset, lists whether it will be (i) made available
(subject to obtaining any necessary consent) to the Buyer for a transition
period under the Transition Services Agreement, (ii) transferred to the Buyer as
of the Closing, or (iii) purchased prior to or as of Closing, at the Seller’s
expense, in the Buyer’s name for the Buyer’s use in the Business. In
the event that the Seller is unable to transfer to Buyer any software or online
subscription listed in
Schedule 4.2(b)(ii)
as of the Closing, Buyer may elect to have the Seller purchase (or reimburse
Buyer for) such item prior to or as of Closing, at the Seller’s expense, in the
Buyer’s name for the Buyer’s use in the Business, in accordance with clause
(iii) of this Section 4.2(b).
(c)
Subject
to the Buyer’s right to elect to have Seller purchase certain software or online
subscription items pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.2(b), if
(i) any of the Assigned Contracts or other assets or rights constituting
Acquired Assets may not be assigned and transferred by the Seller to the Buyer
(as a result of either the provisions thereof or applicable law) without the
consent or approval of a third party, (ii) the Seller, after using its
Reasonable Best Efforts, is unable to obtain such consent or approval prior to
the Closing and (iii) the Closing occurs nevertheless, then (A) such
Assigned Contracts and/or other assets or rights shall not be assigned and
transferred by the Seller to the Buyer at the Closing and the Buyer shall not
assume the Seller’s liabilities or obligations with respect thereto at the
Closing, (B) the Seller shall continue for a period of 90 days to use its
Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain the necessary consent or approval as soon as
practicable after the Closing, and (C) upon the obtaining of such consent or
approval, the Buyer and the Seller shall execute such further instruments of
conveyance (in substantially the form executed at the Closing) as may be
necessary to assign and transfer such Assigned Contracts and/or other assets or
rights (and the associated liabilities and obligations of the Seller) to the
Buyer.
4.3
Operation of
Business
. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, during the
period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing, the Seller shall conduct
the operations of the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business (subject to
Section 4.4 below) and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations
and, to the extent consistent therewith, use its Reasonable Best Efforts to keep
the physical assets of the Business in good working condition, keep available
the services of the current Business Employees and preserve its relationships
with customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with the Business
to the end that the Business shall not be impaired in any material
respect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, prior to
the Closing, the Seller shall not, without the written consent of the
Buyer:
(a)
create,
incur, guarantee or assume any indebtedness for borrowed money relating
exclusively or primarily to the Business;
(b)
increase
in any material manner (except for normal increases in the Ordinary Course of
Business) the compensation or benefits of, or materially modify the employment
terms of, the Business Employees, generally or individually, or pay any bonus or
other benefit to Business Employees or hire any new Business Employees (except,
in each case, in the Ordinary Course of Business);
(c)
sell,
assign or transfer any portion of the Acquired Assets or any of the assets of
the Business in a single transaction or series of related transactions in an
aggregate amount in excess of $25,000, except for sales in the Ordinary Course
of Business and sales, assignments or transfers of assets not used in or useful
in the Business;
(d)
mortgage
or pledge any of the property or assets of the Business or subject any such
property or assets to any Security Interest;
(e)
change
its accounting methods, principles or practices insofar as they relate to the
Business, except to the extent required by a generally applicable change in
GAAP, or make any new elections, or changes to any current elections, with
respect to Taxes that affect the Acquired Assets;
(f)
enter
into, amend, terminate, take or omit to take any action that would constitute a
violation of or default under, or waive any rights under, any contract or
agreement of a nature listed or required to be listed in Section 2.10, Section
2.11 or Section 2.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule;
(g)
institute
any Legal Proceeding related primarily to the Business or settle any Legal
Proceeding where such settlement would involve ongoing liabilities or
obligations on the part of the Business;
(h)
take any
action or fail to take any action permitted by this Agreement with the knowledge
that such action or failure to take action would result in (i) any of the
representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this Agreement not
being true and correct at the Closing in any material respect or (ii) any
of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article V not being
satisfied; or
(i)
agree in
writing or otherwise to take any of the foregoing actions.
4.4
Maintenance
. During
the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing, the Seller shall use
Reasonable Best Efforts to (i) ensure any maintenance contracts for software and
hardware relating primarily to the Business remains in effect, (ii) monitor
system performance and (iii) ensure that no material deterioration occurs in the
Business’s current service levels.
4.5
Access to
Information
.
(a)
The
Seller shall permit representatives of the Buyer to have full access (at all
reasonable times, upon reasonable advance notice, and in a manner so as not to
interfere with the normal business operations of the Seller) to all premises,
properties, financial, tax and accounting records (including the work papers of
the Seller's independent accountants, provided that the Buyer shall execute a
customary agreement in form and substance acceptable to such accountants in
order to gain access to such work papers), contracts, other records and
documents, and personnel, of or pertaining primarily or exclusively to the
Business for the purpose of performing such inspections and tests as the Buyer
deems reasonably necessary or appropriate; provided, that the Buyer shall not
contact or communicate with any employee of the Seller concerning the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior express consent of
the Seller.
(b)
Within 45
days after July 31, 2009 and the end of each month ending after the date of this
Agreement and prior to the Closing, beginning with August 2009, the Seller shall
furnish to the Buyer Pre-Closing Financial Summaries for the applicable monthly
period. The Pre-Closing Financial Summaries shall be consistent with the books
and records of the Business and fairly present, in all material respects, the
fixed assets and income and expenses of the Business as of the respective dates
thereof and for the periods referred to therein; provided, however, that the
statements of income and expense contained in the Pre-Closing Financial
Summaries are subject to year-end adjustments and do not include allocations of
corporate expenses that are made on a periodic basis.
4.6
Notice of
Breaches
.
(a) From
the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Seller shall promptly deliver
to the Buyer supplemental information concerning events or circumstances
occurring subsequent to the date hereof which would render any representation,
warranty or statement in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule inaccurate or
incomplete in any material respect at any time after the date of this Agreement
until the Closing. No such supplemental information shall be deemed
to avoid or cure any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or constitute an
amendment of any representation, warranty or statement in this Agreement or the
Disclosure Schedule.
(b) From
the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Buyer shall promptly deliver
to the Seller supplemental information concerning events or circumstances
occurring subsequent to the date hereof which would render any representation or
warranty in this Agreement inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect at
any time after the date of this Agreement until the Closing. No such
supplemental information shall be deemed to avoid or
cure any
misrepresentation or breach of warranty or constitute an amendment of any
representation or warranty in this Agreement.
4.7
Exclusivity
.
(a)
The
Seller shall not, and the Seller shall require each of its officers, directors,
employees, representatives and agents not to, directly or indirectly,
(i) initiate, solicit, encourage or otherwise facilitate any inquiry,
proposal, offer or discussion with any party (other than the Buyer) concerning
any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business
combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of
assets (other than sales of non-material assets in the Ordinary Course of
Business) or similar business transaction in each such case that primarily or
exclusively involves the sale of the Business, (ii) furnish any non-public
information concerning the Business to any party (other than the Buyer) in
connection with any such transaction other than as required by applicable law,
(iii) engage in discussions or negotiations with any party (other than the
Buyer) concerning any such transaction, or (iv) enter into any agreement with
any party (other than the Buyer) concerning any such transaction.
(b)
The
Seller shall immediately notify any party with which discussions or negotiations
of the nature described in paragraph (a) above were pending that the Seller
is terminating such discussions or negotiations with respect to the Business and
the Acquired Assets. If the Seller receives any inquiry, proposal or
offer of the nature described in paragraph (a) above, the Seller shall,
within one business day after such receipt, notify the Buyer of such inquiry,
proposal or offer, including the identity of the other party.
4.8
Elimination of Intercompany
Items
. Effective as of the Closing, all payables, receivables,
liabilities and other obligations between the Business, on the one hand, and the
Seller and any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, shall be eliminated except
to the extent expressly provided for herein.
ARTICLE
V
CONDITIONS
TO CLOSING
5.1
Conditions to Obligations of
the Buyer
. The obligation of the Buyer to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated at the Closing is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a)
the
Seller shall have executed and delivered to the Buyer the Ancillary Agreements,
the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement and the Services
Agreement;
(b)
the
Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer the Financial Statements in unaudited
form;
(c)
the
Seller shall have obtained at its own expense (and shall have provided copies
thereof to the Buyer) all of the waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other
authorizations,
and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices, referred to in
Section 4.2 which are required on the part of the Seller;
(d)
the
representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in the first sentence of
Section 2.1 and in Section 2.2 and any representations and warranties of
the Seller set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality
shall be true and correct in all respects, and all other representations and
warranties of the Seller set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct
in all material respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as
of the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except (i) to the extent that
the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct in all
respects or all material respects, as the case may be, has not caused a Business
Material Adverse Effect and (ii) to the extent such representations and
warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such
representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such
date);
(e)
the
Seller shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants
required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to
the Closing;
(f)
the
Seller shall have obtained consents to the assignment of the agreements listed
on
Schedule
5.1(f)
to the Buyer;
(g)
no Legal
Proceeding shall be pending or threatened in writing wherein an unfavorable
judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) cause
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following
consummation or (iii) affect adversely the right of the Buyer to own,
operate or control any of the Acquired Assets, or to operate the Business as
currently conducted following the Closing, and no such judgment, order, decree,
stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;
(h)
the
Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer the Seller Certificate and the
Secretary’s Certificate;
(i)
the
Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer an update, as of the date prior to the
Closing Date, of each list contained in the Disclosure Schedule that lists or
describes Acquired Assets (including the lists set forth in Sections 2.8, 2.10,
2.11, 2.12, 2.15, 2.16, 2.20 and 2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule) and of the
list contained on
Schedule
7.3(a)
;
(j)
except as
otherwise required by applicable law, the Hired Employees shall have ceased to
participate in or accrue further benefits under the Business Benefit Plans, and
Hired Employees who participate in the Seller’s 401(k) plan(s) shall cease to
participate in said plan(s);
(k)
the
Seller shall have settled or cancelled any rights of Hired Employees under any
Seller equity incentive, bonus or other compensation plans;
(l)
a number
of Available Employees that are sufficient (assuming for purposes of this
subsection (l) the continued use of the temporary employees provided through
Adecco or through Zerochaos) for the conduct of the Business as presently
conducted in all
material
respects shall have accepted offers of at will employment from Buyer (such
offers to be contingent and effective upon the Closing);
(m)
the
Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer documents evidencing the release or
termination of all Security Interests on the Acquired Assets, if any, and copies
of filed UCC termination statements with respect to all UCC financing statements
evidencing Security Interests or payoff letters from the applicable secured
party agreeing to release the related Security Interests upon payment at the
Closing of any amounts due to the secured party, other than Security Interests
which are listed in Section 2.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule under the heading
“Permitted Security Interests”;
(n)
the Buyer
shall, in good faith, have reasonably concluded that the transition services and
Intellectual Property required to conduct the Business as presently conducted
and as described in
Schedule A
to the
Services Agreement are available to it after Closing upon reasonably
satisfactory terms;
(o)
the Buyer
shall have received such other certificates and instruments (including
certificates of good standing of the Seller in its jurisdiction of organization,
certificates as to the incumbency of officers and the adoption of authorizing
resolutions) as it shall reasonably request in connection with the Closing;
and
(p)
there
shall not have occurred a Business Material Adverse Effect.
5.2
Conditions to Obligations of
the Seller
. The obligation of the Seller to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated at the Closing is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a)
The Buyer
shall have executed and delivered to the Seller the Ancillary Agreements, the
Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement, the Services Agreement
and the Warrant;
(b)
the
representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in the first sentence of
Section 3.1 and in Section 3.2 and any representations and warranties of
the Buyer set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality shall
be true and correct in all respects, and all other representations and
warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in
all material respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of
the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except (i) to the extent that the
failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct in all
respects or all material respects, as the case may be, has not caused a Material
Adverse Effect and (ii) to the extent such representations and warranties are
specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such representations
and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date);
(c)
the Buyer
shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants required to
be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the
Closing;
(d)
no Legal
Proceeding shall be pending or threatened in writing wherein an unfavorable
judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
(ii) cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded
following consummation, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or
injunction shall be in effect;
(e)
the Buyer
shall have delivered to the Seller the Buyer Certificate and the Secretary’s
Certificate;
(f)
the
Seller shall have received such other certificates and instruments (including
certificates of good standing of the Buyer in its jurisdiction of organization,
certificates as to the incumbency of officers and the adoption of authorizing
resolutions) as it shall reasonably request in connection with the
Closing;
(g)
the
Seller shall have received evidence that those waivers, permits, consents,
approvals or other authorizations listed on
Schedule 5.2(g)
have
been obtained; and
(h)
there
shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE
VI
TAX
MATTERS
6.1
Transfer Taxes;
Prorations
.
(a)
The
Seller shall be responsible for the payment of any and all transfer, sales, use,
stamp, conveyance, value added, recording, registration, documentary, filing and
other non-income taxes and administrative fees (including notary fees) arising
in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
(b)
Liability
for any and all real property Taxes, personal property Taxes, assessments, and
similar Taxes applicable to the Acquired Assets that are payable for any taxable
period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date shall be apportioned
to the Seller based on the number of days of such taxable period up to and
including the Closing Date and to the Buyer the number of days of such taxable
period after the Closing Date. The Seller shall promptly reimburse
the Buyer for the proportionate amount of any such Taxes that is attributable to
the portion of the taxable period ending on the Closing Date following delivery
by the Buyer to the Seller of reasonable documentation supporting the amounts
owed by the Seller pursuant to this Section 6.1(b).
6.2
Refunds
.
(a)
The
Seller shall be entitled to any refunds of Taxes (or credits in lieu thereof,
and including any interest paid thereon) with respect to the Business for which
Seller is liable under this Article VI.
(b)
The Buyer
and/or its Affiliates, as the case may be, shall be entitled to any refunds of
Taxes (or credits in lieu thereof, and including any interest paid thereon) with
respect to the Business for which the Buyer is liable under this Article
VI.
(c)
The Buyer
shall promptly forward to or reimburse the Seller for any such refunds after
receipt thereof, and the Seller shall promptly forward to or reimburse the Buyer
for any such refunds after receipt thereof.
ARTICLE
VII
POST-CLOSING
COVENANTS
7.1
Proprietary
Information
.
(a)
Prior to
the Closing Date and after any termination of this Agreement, each Party shall
hold and shall cause its officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel,
consultants and advisors (collectively, “Representatives”) to hold, in
confidence, all confidential documents and information concerning the other
Party furnished to the first Party or its Representatives in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the manner specified in the
Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2008, by and among the
Buyer and the Seller (the “Confidentiality Agreement”); provided that each Party
may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by
applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which case the disclosing
Party shall use reasonable efforts to advise the other Party and provide it with
a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment on it
prior to making the disclosure). The Confidentiality Agreement did not terminate
as of the first anniversary of its execution and shall not terminate upon the
execution of this Agreement notwithstanding provisions therein to the
contrary. Notwithstanding the terms contained therein, the
Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in effect until the earlier of (i) the
Closing and (ii) the date that is six months following the execution of this
Agreement.
(b)
From and
after the Closing, the Seller shall not disclose or make use of (except to
pursue its rights, under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the
Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement or the Services
Agreement), and shall use efforts similar to what it uses to protect its own
confidential information to cause all of its Affiliates not to disclose or make
use of, any knowledge, information or documents of a confidential nature or not
generally known to the public with respect to Acquired Assets, the Business or
the Buyer or its business (including the financial information, technical
information or data relating to the products of the Business), as well as
filings and testimony (if any) presented in the course of any arbitration of a
Dispute pursuant to Section 8.3 and the arbitral award and the Arbitrator’s
reasons therefor relating to the same), except to the extent that such
knowledge, information or documents shall have become public knowledge other
than through improper disclosure by the Seller or an Affiliate and provided that
the Seller may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required
by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which case the Seller
shall use reasonable efforts to advise the Buyer and provide it with a copy of
the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment on it prior to
making the disclosure).
(c)
From and
after the Closing, the Buyer shall not disclose or make use of (except to pursue
its rights, under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition
Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Sublease Agreement or the Services Agreement), and shall use
efforts similar to what is uses to protect its own confidential information to
cause all of its Affiliates not to disclose or make use of, any knowledge,
information or documents of a confidential nature or not generally known to the
public with respect to Excluded Assets, the Retained Liabilities or the Seller
or its business, as well as filings and testimony (if any) presented in the
course of any arbitration of a Dispute pursuant to Section 8.3 and the arbitral
award and the Arbitrator’s reasons therefor relating to the same), except to the
extent that such knowledge, information or documents shall have become public
knowledge other than through improper disclosure by the Buyer or an Affiliate
and provided that the Buyer may make any public disclosure it believes in good
faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which
case the Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to advise the Seller and provide it
with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment
on it prior to making the disclosure).
7.2
Solicitation and
Hiring
.
(a)
For a
period of one year after the Closing Date (or if this Agreement is terminated,
until January 19, 2010), the Seller shall not, either directly or indirectly
(including through an Affiliate), solicit to hire or hire for employment in
Seller’s Global Product Solutions division any Buyer Restricted Employee;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a general solicitation
of employment by the Seller that is not specifically directed at such employees
and shall not apply to any individual whose employment with the Buyer has been
terminated for a period of six months or longer. The Seller shall
enforce, for the benefit of the Buyer, all confidentiality, non-solicitation and
non-hiring assignments and similar agreements between the Seller and any other
party relating to Business Employees which are not Assigned
Contracts.
(b)
For a
period of one year after the Closing Date (or if this Agreement is terminated,
until January 19, 2010), the Buyer shall not, either directly or indirectly
(including through an Affiliate), solicit to hire or hire for employment any
Seller Restricted Employee; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not
prohibit a general solicitation of employment by the Seller that is not
specifically directed at such employees and shall not apply to any individual
whose employment with the Seller has been terminated for a period of six months
or longer.
7.3
Non-Competition
.
(a)
For a
period of five years after the Closing Date, neither the Buyer nor any of its
Related Entities shall directly or indirectly in any capacity whatsoever, sell,
license or lease any PayMode Products (including for purposes of this Section
7.3, any enhancements or modifications to, or newer versions of, PayMode
Products) to the Business customers of the Seller listed on Schedule
7.3(a).
(b)
For a
period of two years after the Closing Date, neither the Buyer nor any of its
Related Entities shall directly or indirectly in any capacity whatsoever (i)
sell, license or lease any PayMode Products (including for purposes of this
Section 7.3, any enhancements or
modifications
to, or newer versions of, PayMode Products) or (ii) provide any of the services
provided by the Business as of the Closing Date, in each case to the financial
institutions listed on Schedule 7.3(b).
(c)
The Buyer
acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7.3 are an integral part of
this Agreement and that the Seller would not have entered into this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby without the inclusion of this
Section. The Buyer agrees that the scope and duration of the
non-competition provisions set forth in this Section 7.3 are reasonable and
that, as contemplated by Section 11.12, specific performance shall be available
to enforce a Party’s rights under this Section 7.3. Without
limitation to Section 11.9, in the event that any court determines that the
duration of either provision is unreasonable and that such provision is to that
extent unenforceable, the Parties agree that such provision shall remain in full
force and effect for the greatest time period that would not render it
unenforceable.
(d)
The
obligations of the Buyer under this Section 7.3 shall terminate in their
entirety in the event the Services Agreement is terminated by the Buyer under
sections 15.2(a), 15.2(b) or 15.2(g), or by the Seller under Section
15.3, of the Services Agreement.
7.4
Sharing of
Data
.
(a)
The
Seller shall have the right for a period of seven years following the Closing
Date to have reasonable access to such books, records and accounts, including
financial and tax information, correspondence, production records, employment
records and other records exclusively or primarily related to the Business that
are transferred to the Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement for the
limited purposes of concluding its involvement in the Business and for complying
with its obligations under applicable securities, tax, environmental, employment
or other laws and regulations. The Buyer shall have the right for a
period of seven years following the Closing Date to have reasonable access to
those books, records and accounts, including financial and accounting records
(including the work papers of the Seller's independent accountants provided the
Buyer shall execute a customary agreement in form and substance acceptable to
such accountants in order to gain access to such work papers), tax records,
correspondence, production records, employment records and other records
exclusively or primarily related to the Business that are retained by the Seller
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to the extent that any of the foregoing
is needed by the Buyer for the purpose of conducting the Business after the
Closing and complying with its obligations under applicable securities, tax,
environmental, employment or other laws and regulations. Neither the
Buyer nor the Seller shall destroy any such books, records or accounts retained
by it without first providing the other Party with the opportunity to obtain or
copy such books, records, or accounts at such other Party's
expense.
(b)
Promptly
upon request by the Buyer made at any time following the Closing Date, the
Seller shall authorize the release to the Buyer of all files pertaining to the
Acquired Assets or the Business (other than files relating exclusively or
primarily to Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities) held by any federal,
state, county or local authorities, agencies or instrumentalities.
7.5
Business Financial
Statements
. Without limitation of the provisions of Section
7.4, within 60 days following the Closing Date, the Seller shall prepare and
deliver to the Buyer the Financial Statements. The Seller shall
provide to the Buyer and the Buyer’s auditors all consents, management
representation letters, engagement letters and similar documentation reasonably
requested by the Buyer or the Buyer’s auditors in connection with the Buyer’s
review of such Financial Statements. The Buyer acknowledges and
agrees that the Financial Statements will be prepared on a basis different from
the basis used to prepare the Financial Summaries.
7.6
Use of
Name
. The Seller shall not use, and shall not permit any
Affiliate to use, the name PayMode or any name reasonably similar thereto after
the Closing Date in connection with any business related to, competitive with,
or an outgrowth of, the Business as conducted on the date of this Agreement,
other than in accordance with the Services Agreement.
7.7
Cooperation in
Litigation
. From and after the Closing Date, each Party shall
fully cooperate with the other in the defense or prosecution of any litigation
or proceeding already instituted or which may be instituted hereafter against or
by such other Party relating to or arising out of the conduct of the Business
prior to or after the Closing Date (other than litigation among the Parties
and/or their Affiliates arising out the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement). The Party requesting such cooperation shall pay the
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing such cooperation
(including legal fees and disbursements) by the Party providing such cooperation
and by its officers, directors, employees and agents, but shall not be
responsible for reimbursing such Party or its officers, directors, employees and
agents, for their time spent in such cooperation.
7.8
Employees
.
(a)
Effective
as of the Closing, the Seller shall terminate the employment of each of its
employees designated on
Schedule 7.8(a)
attached hereto (which may be updated prior to the Closing by the mutual
agreement of the Buyer and the Seller) (the “Available
Employees”). The Buyer shall interview all Available Employees who
are actively at work and offer employment to substantially all of such Available
Employees, terminable at the will of the Buyer. The Seller hereby
consents to the hiring of any such Available Employees by the Buyer and waives,
with respect to the employment by the Buyer of such Available Employees, any
claims or rights the Seller may have against the Buyer or any such Available
Employee under any non-competition, confidentiality or employment
agreement.
(b)
All
offers of employment to the Available Employees shall provide for: [**];
provided, however, the foregoing shall not require the Buyer or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates to maintain any compensation levels for any
particular period or restrict the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates
from changing any of the terms and conditions of such employment after the
Closing Date or restrict the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates from
amending or terminating any Buyer employee benefit plans or fringe
benefits.
(c)
All
Available Employees who accept employment with the Buyer (“Hired Employees”)
shall be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans and other fringe
benefits of the Buyer on the same basis as such plans and benefits are offered
to employees of the Buyer with comparable positions with the
Buyer. The Buyer shall credit such Hired
Employees
for their length of service with the Seller or its Affiliates for all purposes
under each employee benefit and fringe benefit plan to be provided by the Buyer
to such Hired Employees, to the same extent such service was recognized under a
similar plan of the Seller. However, such service need not be counted
for purposes of calculating accrued benefits under a pension benefit plan or
where duplicative benefits would otherwise result. For purposes of
this paragraph (c), “employee benefit plans and other fringe benefits” includes
pension and profit sharing plans, retirement and post retirement welfare
benefits, severance, health insurance benefits (medical, dental and vision),
short-term disability, long-term disability, life and accident insurance,
sickness benefits, and vacation.
(d)
The
Seller is responsible for timely payment as required by law of all wages,
salaries, bonuses, if any, and other compensation with respect to service
completed on or prior to the Separation Date (other than compensation for
accrued but unused vacation time of Hired Employees). Hired Employees will be
eligible to earn vacation according to the schedule specified in the Buyer’s
policy, with credit for service with the Seller as described in paragraph (c),
if applicable.
(e)
The
Seller shall retain the responsibility for payment of all medical, dental,
vision, health and disability claims incurred by any Hired Employee prior to his
or her Separation Date, and the Buyer does not assume any liability with respect
to such claims. On or after the applicable Separation Date, all
medical, dental, vision, health and disability claims incurred by Hired
Employees in the Buyer’s employ will be determined under the Buyer’s benefit
plans. The Buyer agrees that Hired Employees and their eligible
dependents will receive credit for their periods of coverage under the Seller’s
health or disability plans towards satisfying any preexisting condition clause
in any of the Buyer’s health or disability plans, provided such Hired Employee
or eligible dependent is enrolled in the Seller’s plans on the Closing
Date. The Buyer also agrees that it shall use Reasonable Best
Efforts, upon presentation of an Explanation of Benefits (EOB) by the Hired
Employee, Hired Employees and their eligible dependents, to cause them to
receive credit under the Buyer’s health care plans for any amounts paid toward
deductibles and out-of-pocket maximums by such Hired Employee and enrolled
dependents for the portion of the current plan year preceding the Closing under
a health care plan maintained by the Seller.
(f)
The
Seller will be responsible for providing any Hired Employee whose “qualifying
event,” within the meaning of Section 4980B(f) of the Code, occurs on or prior
to his or her Separation Date (and such Hired Employee’s “qualified
beneficiaries” within the meaning of Section 4980B(g) of the Code) with the
continuation of group health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code
(“Continuation Coverage”) under the terms of the health plan maintained by
Seller. The Buyer will be responsible for Continuation Coverage to
any Hired Employee in the Buyer’s employ (and such Hired Employee’s qualified
beneficiaries) whose qualifying event occurs after his or her Separation Date to
the extent required by law.
(g)
Effective
as of the applicable Separation Date, the Buyer will assume liability for
severance pay and similar obligations payable to any Hired Employee who accepts
employment with the Buyer and who is terminated by the Buyer on or after the
applicable Separation Date. Such payment shall be made pursuant to
the Buyer’s normal severance policy, if any, (“Buyer’s Severance Policy”) and
the Buyer shall compute severance pay by giving Hired
Employees
full credit for all years of service that would have been recognized under the
applicable Seller severance policy. In addition, for a
Hired Employee who does not receive severance pay from the Seller at his or her
Separation Date, whose job with the Buyer is eliminated within 12 months of his
or her Separation Date, and who signs a release agreement, the Buyer agrees to
pay to such employee: [**].
(h)
The Buyer
is responsible for advising Available Employees of the details of any offers and
terms of employment with the Buyer, and answering any questions relating
thereto, but the Seller will be allowed to review and approve, prior to its
distribution, (i) any communication with Available Employees prior to the
applicable Separation Date, and (ii) any communication with such Available
Employees after the applicable Separation Date which describes or refers to any
of the Seller’s benefits or policies.
(i)
For the
remainder of the calendar year in which the Closing occurs, the Buyer shall
maintain health care and dependent care flexible spending accounts established
under Section 125 of the Code (“Buyer FSA”) under which Hired Employees may
contribute pre-tax dollars and be reimbursed for qualifying health and dependent
care expenses. The Hired Employees shall be credited immediately following
the Closing Date under the Buyer FSA with the amounts available for
reimbursement equal to such positive or negative amounts as were credited under
Bank of America’s health care and dependent care flexible spending accounts
(“Seller FSA”) with respect to such persons immediately prior to the Closing
Date. The Buyer shall honor and give effect under the Buyer FSA to any
elections made by Hired Employees under the Seller FSA for the year in which the
Closing occurs, except as such elections may be superseded by an election made
by a Hired Employee following the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of the
Buyer FSA. Within 10 business days following the Closing Date, the Seller
shall provide the Buyer a list of each Hired Employees who as of the Closing
Date is a participant in the Seller FSA, which list shall include an accounting
with respect to each listed individual as follows: the total annual goal amount
elected, the amount contributed as of the Closing Date, and the amount
reimbursed as of the Closing Date. The Seller shall pay to the Buyer the
net balance of the total Hired Employees contributions minus the total Hired
Employee reimbursements if the balance is a positive number, and the Buyer shall
pay such amount to the Seller if the balance is a negative number. It is
understood and agreed that these amounts may be subject to adjustment in the
transition of the Hired Employees to the Buyer FSA.
(j)
The Buyer
shall notify the Seller no less than ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date
of the names of the temporary employees used in the Business that the Buyer
desires to employ as of the Closing Date.
7.9
Adjustment for Tangible
Assets
. The Seller shall promptly reimburse the Buyer for up
to $400,000 in purchases of tangible assets by the Buyer, provided that the
Buyer submits a reasonably detailed invoice or invoices to the Seller within 90
days after the Closing Date.
ARTICLE
VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1
Indemnification by the
Seller
. The Seller shall indemnify the Buyer in respect of,
and hold the Buyer harmless against, any and all Damages incurred or suffered by
the Buyer or any Affiliate thereof resulting from, relating to or
constituting:
(a)
any
breach, as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date, of any
representation or warranty of the Seller contained in this Agreement or any
Ancillary Agreement;
(b)
any
failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Seller contained in this
Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;
(c)
any
Retained Liabilities; or
(d)
any Taxes
of the Seller with respect to any Tax year or portion thereof ending on or
before the Closing Date (or for any Tax year beginning before and ending after
the Closing Date to the extent allocable to the portion of the period beginning
before and ending on the Closing Date) and any Taxes imposed on Seller pursuant
to Article VI.
8.2
Indemnification by the
Buyer
. The Buyer shall indemnify the Seller in respect of, and
hold it harmless against, any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the Seller
resulting from, relating to or constituting:
(a)
any
breach, as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date, of any
representation or warranty of the Buyer contained in this Agreement or any
Ancillary Agreement;
(b)
any
failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Buyer contained in this
Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;
(c)
any
Assumed Liabilities;
(d)
any Taxes
for which the Buyer is liable pursuant to Article VI; or
(e)
the
operation of the Business after the Closing to the extent such Damages do not
arise from Retained Liabilities or from matters for which the Seller is
obligated to indemnify the Buyer for hereunder.
8.3
Indemnification
Claims
.
(a)
An
Indemnified Party shall give written notification to the Indemnifying Party of
the commencement of any Third Party Action. Such notification shall
be given within 15 days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of such
Third Party Action, and shall describe in reasonable detail (to the extent known
by the Indemnified Party) the facts constituting the basis for such Third Party
Action and the amount of the claimed Damages; provided,
however,
that no delay or failure on the part of the Indemnified Party in so notifying
the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability or
obligation hereunder except to the extent of any damage or liability caused by
or arising out of such failure. Within 30 days after delivery of such
notification, the Indemnifying Party may, upon written notice thereof to the
Indemnified Party, assume control of the defense of such Third Party Action with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party; provided that
(i) the Indemnifying Party may only assume control of such defense if
(A) it acknowledges in writing to the Indemnified Party that any damages,
fines, costs or other liabilities that may be assessed against the Indemnified
Party in connection with such Third Party Action constitute Damages for which
the Indemnified Party shall be indemnified in accordance with the terms,
conditions and limitations set forth in this Article VIII and (B) the
ad damnum
is less than
or equal to the amount of Damages for which the Indemnifying Party is liable
under this Article VIII and (ii) the Indemnifying Party may not assume
control of the defense of Third Party Action involving criminal liability or in
which equitable relief is sought against the Indemnified Party. If
the Indemnifying Party does not, or is not permitted under the terms hereof to,
so assume control of the defense of a Third Party Action, the Indemnified Party
shall control such defense. The Non-controlling Party may participate
in such defense at its own expense. The Controlling Party shall keep
the Non-controlling Party advised of the status of such Third Party Action and
the defense thereof and shall consider in good faith recommendations made by the
Non-controlling Party with respect thereto. The Non-controlling Party
shall furnish the Controlling Party with such information as it may have with
respect to such Third Party Action which is requested by the Controlling Party
(including copies of any summons, complaint or other pleading which may have
been served on such party and any written claim, demand, invoice, billing or
other document evidencing or asserting the same) and shall otherwise cooperate
with and assist the Controlling Party in the defense of such Third Party
Action. The fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Party
with respect to a Third Party Action shall be considered Damages for purposes of
this Agreement if (i) the Indemnified Party controls the defense of such Third
Party Action pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.3(a) or (ii) the
Indemnifying Party assumes control of such defense and the Indemnified Party
reasonably concludes, after consultation with legal counsel, that the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party have conflicting interests or
different defenses available with respect to such Third Party
Action. The Indemnifying Party shall not agree to any settlement of,
or the entry of any judgment arising from, any Third Party Action without the
prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided the Indemnifying Party shall not be
required to obtain such consent if (I) there is no finding or admission of any
violation of law or any violation of the rights of any person or entity and (II)
the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the
Indemnifying Person. The Indemnified Party shall not agree to any
settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party
Action without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which shall
not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided the Indemnified
Party shall not be required to obtain such consent if (I) there is no finding or
admission of any violation of law or any violation of the rights of any person
or entity and (II) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in
full by the Indemnified Person without any recourse against the Indemnifying
Person.
(b)
In order
to seek indemnification under this Article VIII, an Indemnified Party shall
deliver a Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party.
(c)
Within 30
days after delivery of a Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to
the Indemnified Party a Response, in which the Indemnifying Party
shall: (i) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to
receive all of the Claimed Amount (in which case the Response shall be
accompanied by a payment by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of
the Claimed Amount, by check or by wire transfer), (ii) agree that the
Indemnified Party is entitled to receive the Agreed Amount (in which case the
Response shall be accompanied by a payment by the Indemnifying Party to the
Indemnified Party of the Agreed Amount, by check or by wire transfer) or
(iii) dispute that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive any of the
Claimed Amount.
(d)
During
the 30-day period following the delivery of a Response that reflects a Dispute,
the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall use good faith efforts to
resolve the Dispute. If the Dispute is not resolved within such
30-day period, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall discuss in
good faith whether to submit the Dispute to binding arbitration, and if the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party agree in writing to submit the
Dispute to such arbitration, then the provisions of Section 8.3(e) shall become
effective with respect to such Dispute. The provisions of this
Section 8.3(d) shall not obligate the Indemnifying Party and the
Indemnified Party to submit to arbitration or any other alternative dispute
resolution procedure with respect to any Dispute, and in the absence of an
agreement by the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party to arbitrate any
Dispute, such Dispute shall be resolved in a state or federal court sitting in
Delaware, in accordance with Section 11.11.
(e)
If, as
set forth in Section 8.3(d), the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying
Party agree to submit any Dispute to binding arbitration, the arbitration shall
be conducted by the Arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Rules in effect
from time to time and the provisions set forth on
Schedule
8.3(e)
.
(f)
Notwithstanding
the other provisions of this Section 8.3, if a third party asserts (other
than by means of a lawsuit) that an Indemnified Party is liable to such third
party for a monetary or other obligation which may constitute or result in
Damages for which such Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification
pursuant to this Article VIII, and such Indemnified Party reasonably
determines that it has a valid business reason to fulfill such obligation, then
(i) such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to satisfy such obligation,
without prior notice to or consent from the Indemnifying Party, (ii) such
Indemnified Party may subsequently make a claim for indemnification in
accordance with the provisions of this Article VIII, and (iii) such
Indemnified Party shall be reimbursed, in accordance with the terms, conditions
and limitations set forth in this Article VIII, for any such Damages for
which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VIII
(subject to the right of the Indemnifying Party to dispute the Indemnified
Party’s entitlement to indemnification, or the amount for which it is entitled
to indemnification, under the terms of this Article VIII).
8.4
Survival of Representations
and Warranties
. All representations and warranties that are
covered by the indemnification agreements in Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.2(a)
shall (a) survive the Closing and (b) shall expire on the date 18
months following the Closing Date, except that (i) the representations and
warranties set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 3.1 and 3.2 shall survive the
Closing without limitation, (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in
Section
2.11
shall expire on the date four years following the Closing Date and
(iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.7,
2.17 and 2.18 and the covenants contained in Article VI and 8.1(d) shall survive
until 30 days following expiration of all statutes of limitation applicable
to the matters referred to therein. If an Indemnified Party delivers
to an Indemnifying Party, before expiration of a representation or warranty,
either a Claim Notice based upon a breach of such representation or warranty, or
an Expected Claim Notice based upon a breach of such representation or warranty,
then the applicable representation or warranty shall survive until, but only for
purposes of, the resolution of the matter covered by such notice. If
the legal proceeding or written claim with respect to which an Expected Claim
Notice has been given is definitively withdrawn or resolved in favor of the
Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall promptly so notify the
Indemnifying Party.
8.5
Limitations
.
(a)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, (i) the aggregate liability of the Seller
for Damages under Section 8.1(a) shall not exceed $8,500,000, (ii) the
Seller shall not be liable for indemnification with respect to any individual
Damage under Section 8.1(a) (excluding for all purposes of this subpart (ii) any
claims relating to a breach of the Asset Sufficiency Rep with respect to the
sufficiency of Acquired Assets that are tangible assets), unless such Damage is
greater than $25,000 and unless such Damage, together with all other Damages
under Section 8.1(a) that are greater than $25,000, exceeds $200,000, in which
case the Buyer shall be entitled to indemnification only for Damages in the
amount of such e
xcess of
$200,000 and (iii) the Seller shall not be liable for indemnification with
respect to any individual Damage under Section 8.1(a) relating to a breach of
the Asset Sufficiency Rep with respect to the sufficiency of Acquired Assets
that are tangible assets, unless such Damage is greater than $25,000 and unless
such Damage, together with all other Damages under Section 8.1(a) that are
greater than $25,000 relating to a breach of the Asset Sufficiency Rep with
respect to the sufficiency of Acquired Assets that are tangible assets, exceeds
$400,000; provided that the limitations set forth in this sentence shall not
apply to a claim pursuant to Section 8.1(a) relating to a breach of the
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.7; and
provided further that the limitations set forth in this sentence shall not apply
to a claim pursuant to Section 8.1(d) relating to pre-Closing Date Taxes or to a
breach of the Tax covenants in Article VI. For purposes solely of this
Article VIII, all representations and warranties of the Seller in
Article II (other than Sections 2.5 and 2.25) shall be construed as if
the term “material” and any reference to “Business Material Adverse Effect” (and
variations thereof) were omitted from such representations and
warranties. In addition to the foregoing limitations, in no event
shall the Seller be liable for indemnification with respect to any individual
Damage under Section 8.1(a) relating to a breach of the Asset Sufficiency Rep or
to a breach of a representation in Section 2.11(c), in each case with respect to
any of the assets (whether tangible or otherwise) listed on
Schedule
8.5(a)
.
(b)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, (i) the aggregate liability of the Buyer
for Damages under Section 8.2(a) shall not exceed $8,500,000 and (ii) the
Buyer shall not be liable for indemnification with respect to any individual
Damage under Section 8.1(a), unless such Damage is greater than $25,000 and
unless such Damage, together with all other Damages under Section 8.1(a) that
are greater than $25,000, exceeds $200,000 in which case the Buyer shall be
entitled to indemnification only for Damages in the amount of such
excess of
$200,000; provided that the limitation set forth in this sentence shall not
apply to a claim pursuant to Section 8.2(a) relating to a breach of the
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1 or
3.2. For purposes solely of this Article VIII, all
representations and warranties of the Buyer in Article III shall be
construed as if the term “material” and any reference to “Material Adverse
Effect” were omitted from such representations and
warranties.
(c)
Except
with respect to claims based on fraud and except for the remedy of specific
performance, after the Closing, the rights of the Indemnified Parties under this
Article VIII and Section 11.12 shall be the exclusive remedy of the
Indemnified Parties with respect to claims resulting from or relating to any
misrepresentation, breach of warranty or failure to perform any covenant or
agreement contained in this Agreement.
(d)
The
amount of any Damages subject to indemnification hereunder or of any claim
therefor shall be calculated net of (i) any Tax benefit actually received and
used by the Buyer or any of its Affiliates on account of such Damages and (ii)
insurance proceeds (net of direct collection expenses) received or receivable by
the Indemnified Party on account of such Damages.
8.6
Treatment of Indemnity
Payments
. Any payments made to an Indemnified Party pursuant
to this Article VIII shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase
Price for Tax purposes.
ARTICLE
IX
TERMINATION
9.1
Termination of
Agreement
. The Parties may terminate this Agreement prior to
the Closing, as provided below:
(a)
the
Parties may terminate this Agreement by mutual written consent;
(b)
the Buyer
may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller in the event
the Seller is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in
this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination
with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in clauses (d)
or (e) of Section 5.1 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within 20 days
following delivery by the Buyer to the Seller of written notice of such
breach;
(c)
the
Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Buyer in the
event the Buyer is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant
contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in
combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in
clauses (b) or (c) of Section 5.2 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured
within 20 days following delivery by the Seller to the Buyer of written notice
of such breach;
(d)
the Buyer
may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller if the
Closing shall not have occurred on or before November 15, 2009 by reason of the
failure of any condition precedent under Section 5.1 (unless the failure
results primarily from a
breach by
the Buyer of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this
Agreement); or
(e)
the
Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Buyer if the
Closing shall not have occurred on or before November 15, 2009 by reason of the
failure of any condition precedent under Section 5.2 (unless the failure
results primarily from a breach by the Seller of any representation, warranty or
covenant contained in this Agreement).
9.2
Effect of
Termination
. If either Party terminates this Agreement
pursuant to Section 9.1, all obligations of the Parties hereunder shall
terminate without any liability of either Party to the other Party other than
Section 7.1(a) (Proprietary Information), 7.2 (Solicitation and Hiring), this
Section 9.2, Section 11.1 (Press Releases) and the rest of Article XI, each of
which shall survive the termination of this Agreement), except for any liability
of a Party for willful breaches of this Agreement.
ARTICLE
X
DEFINITIONS
For
purposes of this Agreement, each of the following terms shall have the meaning
set forth below.
“
AAA
” shall mean the
American Arbitration Association.
“
Acquired
Assets
” shall mean all of the fixed assets listed on
Schedule 1.1(a)
and
all other assets, properties and rights of the Seller existing as of the Closing
(other than any Excluded Assets) which are utilized exclusively or primarily by
Seller in the Business, including:
(a)
all
computers, servers, software, databases, backup and recovery plans, business
continuity plans, SAS 70 audits, machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures,
supplies, leasehold improvements, motor vehicles and other tangible personal
property;
(b)
all
Seller Source Code, technical information, trade secrets, technology, know-how,
specifications, designs, drawings and processes and quality control
data;
(c)
all
Seller Owned Intellectual Property;
(d)
all
Seller Licensed Intellectual Property listed on
Schedule
1.1(d)
;
(e)
the
Vendor Network;
(f)
all
rights under Assigned Contracts;
(g)
all
claims, prepayments, deposits, refunds, causes of action, choses in action,
rights of recovery, rights of setoff and rights of recoupment (other than those
that are exclusively or primarily related to Excluded Assets or Retained
Liabilities);
(h)
all
Permits to the extent assignable;
(i)
all
books, records, accounts, ledgers, files, documents, correspondence, lists
(including customer and prospect lists), manufacturing and procedural manuals,
Intellectual Property records, sales and promotional materials, studies, reports
and other printed or written materials; and
(j)
all
goodwill.
“
Affiliate
” shall mean
any affiliate, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.
“
Agreed Amount
” shall
mean part, but not all, of the Claimed Amount.
“
Agreement
” shall have
the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.
“
Ancillary Agreements
”
shall mean the bill of sale and other instruments of conveyance referred to in
Section 1.4(b)(iii) and the instrument of assumption and other instruments
referred to in Section 1.4(b)(iv).
“
Arbitrator
” shall
mean a single arbitrator selected by the Buyer and the Seller in accordance with
the Commercial Rules.
“
Asset Sufficiency
Rep
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b)
hereof.
“
Assigned Contracts
”
shall mean any contracts, agreements or instruments to which the Seller is a
party and which are related exclusively or primarily to the Business, including
any agreements or instruments securing any amounts owed to the Seller under such
contracts, agreements or instruments, maintenance agreements, any leases or
subleases of real or personal property, any licenses or sublicenses relating to
Intellectual Property, and contracts with persons and entities constituting part
of the Vendor Network but excluding Customer Contracts, other than the extent to
which such Customer Contracts relate to and govern the relationship with
Customers in their capacity as billers or collectors, and employment
contracts.
“
Assumed Liabilities
”
shall mean all of the following liabilities of the Seller which are related
exclusively or primarily to the Business, in each case solely to the extent
arising after the Closing:
(a)
all
obligations arising under the Permits transferred to the Buyer pursuant to
Section 1.1(a);
(b)
all
obligations of the Seller under the Assigned Contracts; and
(c)
all
obligations of the Seller with respect to any accrued but unused vacation time
of Hired Employees.
“
Available Employees
”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a).
“
Business
” shall have
the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
“
Business Benefit
Plan
” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in
Section 3(2) of ERISA), any “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA), and any other written or oral plan, agreement or
arrangement involving direct or indirect compensation, including insurance
coverage, severance benefits, disability benefits, deferred compensation,
bonuses, stock options, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation or
other forms of incentive compensation or post-retirement compensation, in each
case that is made available to current or former Business
Employees.
“
Business Continuity
Plan
” shall mean the policies and procedures that describe contingency
plans, recovery plans, and proper risk controls used by the Seller in the
Business as presently conducted.
“
Business Employees
”
shall mean (a) the employees of the Seller engaged exclusively or primarily in
the Business and (b) any additional employees of the Seller listed on
Schedule
7.8(a)
.
“
Business Material Adverse
Effect
” shall mean any material adverse change, event, circumstance or
development with respect to, or material adverse effect on, (i) the business,
assets, liabilities, condition (financial or other), or results of operations of
the Business, (ii) the ability of the Buyer to operate the Business immediately
after the Closing or (iii) the performance by the Seller of its obligations
under the Transition Services Agreement or the Services Agreement;
provided
, that, for
purposes of clause (i) of this definition, a Business Material Adverse Effect
shall not include the effect of (a) changes to the industry or markets in which
the Business operates, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the
Business in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly
situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Business operates,
(b) the announcement or disclosure of the transactions contemplated herein, (c)
general economic, regulatory or political conditions or changes, so long as such
changes do not adversely affect the Business in a materially disproportionate
manner relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market
in which the Business operates, (d) military action or any act of terrorism, (e)
changes in law or GAAP after the date hereof, so long as such changes do not
adversely affect the Business in a materially disproportionate manner relative
to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the
Business operates, (f) an earthquake or other natural disaster or (g) the
failure of the Seller or the Business to meet or achieve the results set forth
in any internal projection, provided that such failure does not result from
another change, event, circumstance, development or effect that would in itself
be or have a Business Material Adverse Effect under this definition. For the
avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the terms “material”, “materially” or
“materiality” as used in this Agreement with an initial lower case “m” shall
have their respective customary and ordinary meanings, without regard to the
meaning ascribed to Business Material Adverse Effect.
“
Business Property
”
shall mean any real property that is subject to a Lease.
“
Business Trademarks
”
shall mean Trademarks used exclusively or primarily in the
Business.
“
Buyer
” shall have the
meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
“
Buyer Capitalization
Date
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
“
Buyer Common Stock
”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
“
Buyer Certificate
”
shall mean a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in
clauses (b) through (d) (insofar as clause (d) relates to Legal Proceedings
involving the Buyer) of Section 5.2 is satisfied in all
respects.
“
Buyer FSA
” shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(i).
“
Buyer Preferred
Stock
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
“
Buyer Restricted
Employee
” shall mean any person who is an employee of the Buyer on either
the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date and either (i) is employed by the
Buyer at a level of Director or higher or (ii) of whom the Seller became
aware in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
“
Buyer Stock Plans
”
shall mean the following equity compensation plans of the Buyer: the Amended and
Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, the 1998 Director Plan, the 1998 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan, the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and the
2000 Stock Incentive Plan.
“
Buyer’s Severance
Policy
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(g).
“
Cash Purchase Price
”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
“
CERCLA
” shall mean
the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
of 1980, as amended.
“
Claim Notice
” shall
mean written notification which contains (i) a description of the Damages
incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party and the
Claimed Amount of such Damages, to the extent then known, (ii) a statement that
the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under Article VIII for such
Damages and a reasonable explanation of the basis therefor, and (iii) a demand
for payment in the amount of such Damages.
“
Claimed Amount
” shall
mean the amount of any Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by
the Indemnified Party.
“
Closing
” shall mean
the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
“
Closing Date
” shall
mean the date two business days after the satisfaction or waiver of all of the
conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby (excluding the delivery at the Closing of any of the
documents set forth in Article V), or such other date as may be mutually
agreeable to the Parties.
“
Code
” shall mean the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“
Commercial Rules
”
shall mean the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.
“
Common Stock
” shall
mean the common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Buyer.
“
Confidentiality
Agreement
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section
7.1(a).
“
Continuation
Coverage
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section
7.8(f).
“
Controlling Party
”
shall mean the party controlling the defense of any Third Party
Action.
“
Customer
” shall mean
an existing customer of Bank listed on
Schedule 7.3(a)
attached hereto, as the same may be amended as of the Closing.
“
Customer Contracts
”
shall mean agreements, contracts and other instruments providing for the
provision of PayMode Products to Customers of the Business.
“
Customer Offerings
”
shall mean (a) the products of the Business (including Software and
Documentation) that the Seller (i) currently markets, distributes, makes
available, sells or licenses to third parties, or (ii) if applicable, has
developed, manufactured, marketed, distributed, made available, sold or licensed
to third parties within the previous three (3) years and (b) the services of the
Business that the Seller (i) currently provides or makes available to third
parties, or (ii) if applicable, has provided or made available to third parties
within the previous three (3) years. A true and complete list of the
current Customer Offerings is set forth in Section 1 of
Schedule 10A
and a
true and complete description of the Customer Offerings is set forth in
Schedule
10A
.
“
Damages
” shall mean
any and all (x) debts, obligations and other liabilities, monetary damages, (y)
consequential, incidental and punitive damages but solely to the extent awarded
to a third party in a Third Party Action, and (z) fines, fees, penalties,
interest obligations, deficiencies, losses and expenses (including amounts paid
in settlement, interest, court costs, costs of investigators, fees and expenses
of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors and other experts, and other
expenses of litigation), excluding in all cases (i) those costs and expenses of
arbitration of a Dispute which are to be borne as set forth in Section 8.3 and
(ii) any liability for lost profits, diminution in value or the
like.
“
Disclosure Schedule
”
shall mean the disclosure schedule provided by the Seller to the Buyer on the
date hereof and accepted in writing by the Buyer, as the same may be
supplemented pursuant to Section 4.5.
“
Dispute
” shall mean
the dispute resulting if the Indemnifying Party in a Response disputes its
liability for all or part of the Claimed Amount.
“
Documentation
” shall
mean printed, visual or electronic materials, reports, white papers,
documentation, specifications, designs, flow charts, code listings,
instructions, user manuals, frequently asked questions, release notes, recall
notices, error logs, diagnostic reports, marketing materials, packaging,
labeling, service manuals and other information describing the use,
operation,
installation, configuration, features, functionality, pricing, marketing or
correction of a product, whether or not provided to end user.
“
Enforceability
Exceptions
” means (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws of
general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and
(b) general equity principles.
“
Environmental Law
”
shall mean any federal, state or local law, statute, rule, order, directive,
judgment, Permit or regulation or the common law relating to the environment,
occupational health and safety, or exposure of persons or property to Materials
of Environmental Concern, including any statute, regulation, administrative
decision or order pertaining to: (i) the presence of or the
treatment, storage, disposal, generation, transportation, handling,
distribution, manufacture, processing, use, import, export, labeling, recycling,
registration, investigation or remediation of Materials of Environmental Concern
or documentation related to the foregoing; (ii) air, water and noise
pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release,
threatened release, or accidental release into the environment, the workplace or
other areas of Materials of Environmental Concern, including emissions,
discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of Materials of Environmental
Concern; (v) transfer of interests in or control of real property which may be
contaminated; (vi) community or worker right-to-know disclosures with respect to
Materials of Environmental Concern; (vii) the protection of wild life,
marine life and wetlands, and endangered and threatened species;
(viii) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels
and other closed receptacles; and (ix) health and safety of employees and
other persons. As used above, the term “release” shall have the
meaning set forth in CERCLA.
“
ERISA
” shall
mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
“
ERISA Affiliate
”
shall mean any entity which is, or at any applicable time was, a member of
(1) a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the
Code), (2) a group of trades or businesses under common control (as defined
in Section 414(c) of the Code), or (3) an affiliated service group (as
defined under Section 414(m) of the Code or the regulations under Section 414(o)
of the Code), any of which includes or included the Seller or a
Subsidiary.
“
Exchange Act
” shall
mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
“
Excluded Assets
”
shall mean:
(a)
all cash
and cash equivalents or similar investments, bank accounts, commercial paper,
certificates of deposit, Treasury bills and other marketable
securities;
(b)
all
rights relating to refunds, recovery or recoupment of Taxes, except as provided
in Article VI;
(c)
all
rights to insurance claims, related refunds and proceeds arising from or related
to the Excluded Assets and Retained Liabilities;
(d)
all
actions, claims, causes of action, rights of recovery, choses in action and
rights of setoff of any kind arising before, on or after the Closing relating to
the Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities;
(e)
all
books, records, accounts, ledgers, files, documents, correspondence, studies,
reports and other printed or written materials related exclusively or primarily
to any Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities;
(f)
any of
the rights of the Seller under this Agreement or under the Ancillary Agreements,
the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement, Sublease Agreement or
Warrant;
(g)
all real
property, leaseholds and subleaseholds in real property, and easements,
rights-of-way and other appurtenants thereto;
(h)
all trade
and other accounts receivable balances of the Business and notes and loans
receivable that are payable to the Seller in respect of the Business, and all
rights to unbilled amounts for products delivered or services provided by the
Business, together with any security held by the Seller for the payment
thereof;
(i)
all
Customer Contracts and all Intellectual Property of the Seller primarily
associated with or primarily derived from such Customer Contracts, including
Confidential Information (as that term is used in the Services Agreement) of the
Seller;
(j)
all
employment records;
(k)
all
Excluded Patents; and
(l)
those
other assets listed on
Schedule 1.1(b)
attached hereto.
“
Excluded Patents
”
means those Patent Rights in those letters patent listed on
Schedule 1.1(b)
attached hereto.
“
Expected Claim
Notice
” shall mean a notice that, as a result of a legal proceeding
instituted by or written claim made by a third party, an Indemnified Party
reasonably expects to incur Damages for which it is entitled to indemnification
under Article VIII.
“
Exploit
” shall mean
develop, design, test, modify, make, use, sell, have made, used and sold,
import, reproduce, market, distribute, commercialize, support, maintain, correct
and create derivative works of.
“
Financial Statements
”
shall mean audited statements of assets acquired and statements of revenues and
direct expenses for the period(s) required by Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X, in
accordance with the letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to Buyer
dated March 18, 2009.
“
Financial Summaries
”
shall mean unaudited financial information of the Business in substantially the
form contained in
Schedule 10B
hereto,
including statements of revenue and
expense,
for and as of the end of (i) the year ended December 31, 2008 and (ii) each full
month completed from the Measurement Date through and including the month ending
June 30, 2009.
“
GAAP
” shall mean
United States generally accepted accounting principles.
“
Governmental Entity
”
shall mean any court, arbitrational tribunal, administrative agency or
commission or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency.
“
Hired Employees
”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(b).
“
Indemnified Party
”
shall mean a party entitled, or seeking to assert rights, to indemnification
under Article VII of this Agreement.
“
Indemnifying Party
”
shall mean the party from whom indemnification is sought by the Indemnified
Party.
“
Intellectual
Property
” shall mean the following subsisting throughout the
world:
(a)
Patent
Rights;
(b)
Trademarks
and all goodwill in the Trademarks;
(c)
copyrights,
designs, data and database rights and registrations and applications for
registration thereof, including moral rights of authors;
(d)
mask
works and registrations and applications for registration thereof;
(e)
source
code, inventions, invention disclosures, statutory invention
registrations, trade secrets and confidential business information,
know-how, manufacturing and product processes and techniques, research and
development information, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and
cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists
and information, whether patentable or nonpatentable, whether copyrightable or
noncopyrightable and whether or not reduced to practice; and
(f)
other
proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing (including remedies against
infringement thereof and rights of protection of interest therein under the laws
of all jurisdictions).
“
Intellectual Property
Registrations
” means Patent Rights, registered Trademarks, registered
copyrights and designs and mask work registrations, in each case that are used
primarily or exclusively in the Business, and applications for each of the
foregoing.
“
Internal Systems
”
shall mean the Software and Documentation and the computer, communications and
network systems (both desktop and enterprise-wide), currently used primarily or
exclusively by the Seller in the Business or to develop, manufacture, fabricate,
assemble, provide, distribute, support, maintain or test the Customer Offerings,
whether located on the premises of the Seller or hosted at a third party
site.
“
Lease
” shall mean any
lease or sublease pursuant to which the Seller leases or subleases from another
party any real property that is used exclusively or primarily in the
Business.
“
Legal Proceeding
”
shall mean any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation
before any Governmental Entity or before any arbitrator.
“
Material Adverse
Effect
” shall mean a material adverse change, event, circumstance or
development with respect to, or material adverse effect on, (i) the business,
assets, liabilities, capitalization, condition (financial or other), or results
of operations of the Buyer, (ii) the ability of the Buyer to operate the
Business immediately after the Closing or (iii) the performance by the Buyer of
its obligations under the Services Agreement;
provided
, that, for
purposes of clause (i) of this definition, a Material Adverse Effect shall not
include the effect of (a) changes to the industry or markets in which the Buyer
operates, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Buyer in a
materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated
businesses in the industry or market in which the Buyer operates, (b) the
announcement or disclosure of the transactions contemplated herein, (c) general
economic, regulatory or political conditions or changes, so long as such changes
do not adversely affect the Buyer in a materially disproportionate manner
relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in
which the Buyer operates, (d) military action or any act of terrorism, (e)
changes in law or GAAP after the date hereof, so long as such changes do not
adversely affect the Buyer in a materially disproportionate manner relative to
other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Buyer
operates, (f) an earthquake or other natural disaster or (g) the failure of the
Buyer to meet or achieve the results set forth in any internal projection,
provided that such failure does not result from another change, event,
circumstance, development or effect that would in itself be or have a Material
Adverse Effect under this definition. For the avoidance of doubt, the
parties agree that the terms “material”, “materially” or “materiality” as used
in this Agreement with an initial lower case “m” shall have their respective
customary and ordinary meanings, without regard to the meaning ascribed to
Material Adverse Effect.
“
Materials of Environmental
Concern
” shall mean any: pollutants, contaminants or hazardous
substances (as such terms are defined under CERCLA), pesticides (as such term is
defined under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act), solid
wastes and hazardous wastes (as such terms are defined under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act), chemicals, other hazardous, radioactive or toxic
materials, oil, petroleum and petroleum products (and fractions thereof), or any
other material (or article containing such material) listed or subject to
regulation under any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, Permit, or directive
due to its potential, directly or indirectly, to harm the environment or the
health of humans or other living beings.
“
Measurement Date
”
shall mean December 31, 2008.
“
Non-controlling
Party
” shall mean the party not controlling the defense of any Third
Party Action.
“
Non-Exclusive License
Agreement
” shall mean a non-exclusive license agreement between the Buyer
and Seller substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
H
.
“
Open Source
Materials
” means all Software, Documentation or other material that is
distributed as “free software”, “open source software” or under a similar
licensing or distribution model, including the GNU General Public License (GPL),
GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla Public License (MPL), or any
other license described by the Open Source Initiative as set forth on
www.opensource.org
.
“
Ordinary Course of
Business
” shall mean the ordinary course of business consistent with past
custom and practice (including with respect to frequency and amount) in all
material respects.
“
Owned Real Property
”
shall mean all owned real property that is used exclusively or primarily in the
Business.
“
Parties
” shall mean
the Buyer and the Seller.
“
Patent Rights
” shall
mean all patents, patent applications, utility models, design registrations and
certificates of invention and other governmental grants for the protection of
inventions or industrial designs (including all related continuations,
continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues and reexaminations).
“
PayMode Products
”
shall mean the following products of the Seller:
PayMode
PayMode
Plus
PayMode
for Reimbursement
PayMode
Payer Invoice Management
PayMode
Concentrator
PayMode
for Employees
PayMode
Out of Network ACH
PayMode
Out of Network Wires
Other
Translation Services (as defined in Section 2.K of
Schedule
10A
)
PayMode
Bill Payment Service
“
Permits
” shall mean
all permits, licenses, registrations, certificates, orders, approvals,
franchises, variances and similar rights issued by or obtained from any
Governmental Entity (including those issued or required under Environmental Laws
and those relating to the occupancy or use of owned or leased real
property).
“
Pre-Closing Financial
Summaries
” shall mean unaudited financial information of the Business in
substantially the form contained in
Schedule 10B
hereto,
including statements of income and expense, a list of fixed assets of the
Business and related information, for and as of July 31, 2009 and the end of
each full month completed since the date of this Agreement through the Closing
Date, beginning with August 2009.
“
Purchase Price
” shall
mean the purchase price to be paid by the Buyer for the Acquired Assets at the
Closing, as set forth in Section 1.3.
“
Purchase Price
Allocation
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7.
“
Reasonable Best
Efforts
” shall mean best efforts, to the extent commercially
reasonable.
“
Registration Rights
Agreement
” shall mean a registration rights agreement between the Buyer
and Seller in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
I
.
“
Related Entity
”
means, with respect to a particular entity, a person, corporation, partnership,
or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with
such entity. For the purposes of this definition, the word “control”
(including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under the
common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such entity by (i) the ownership of more than fifty
percent (50%) of the voting stock of such entity, (ii) the right to elect more
than 50% of its directors (or members of a similar governing body) or (iii)
contract.
“
Release
” shall mean
any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging,
injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment
(including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other
closed receptacles containing any Materials of Environmental
Concern).
“
Representatives
”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).
“
Response
” shall mean
a written response containing the information provided for in Section
8.3(c).
“
Retained Liabilities
”
shall mean any and all liabilities or obligations (whether known or unknown,
absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due and
accrued or unaccrued, and whether claims with respect thereto are asserted
before or after the Closing) of the Seller which are not Assumed Liabilities,
including all liabilities and obligations:
(a)
relating
exclusively or primarily to the Excluded Assets;
(b)
for any
and all Taxes of the Seller, including any taxes for which the Seller is liable
pursuant to Article VI;
(c)
for any
accounts payable outstanding as of the Closing Date;
(d)
under the
Customer Contracts;
(e)
arising
prior to the Closing under the Assigned Contracts, and all liabilities for any
breach, act or omission by the Seller prior to the Closing under any Assigned
Contract;
(f)
for
repair, replacement or return of products manufactured or sold prior to the
Closing, except as set forth in the Services Agreement;
(g)
under
this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the
Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease
Agreement and the Services Agreement;
(h)
for costs
and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(i)
arising
out of events, conduct or conditions existing or occurring prior to the Closing
that constitute a violation of or non-compliance with any law, rule or
regulation (including Environmental Laws), any judgment, decree or order of any
Governmental Entity, or any Permit or that give rise to liabilities or
obligations with respect to Materials of Environmental Concern;
(j)
to pay
severance benefits, if any, to any employee of the Seller who does not accept
employment with the Buyer or whose employment is terminated (or treated as
terminated) as of the Closing in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all liabilities resulting from
the termination of employment of employees of the Seller prior to the Closing
that arose under any federal or state law or under any Business Benefit Plan
established or maintained by the Seller;
(k)
to
indemnify any person or entity by reason of the fact that such person or entity
was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Seller or was serving at the
request of the Seller as a partner, trustee, director, officer, employee, or
agent of another entity (whether such indemnification is for judgments, damages,
penalties, fines, costs, amounts paid in settlement, losses, expenses, or
otherwise and whether such indemnification is pursuant to any statute, charter
document, bylaw, agreement, or otherwise);
(l)
injury to
or death of persons or damage to or destruction of property occurring prior to
the Closing (including any workers compensation claim);
(m)
for
medical, dental and disability (both long-term and short-term benefits), whether
insured or self-insured, owed to Business Employees or former Business Employees
due to (A) exposure to conditions in existence prior to the Closing or (B)
disabilities existing prior to the Closing (including any such disabilities
which may have been aggravated following the Closing);
(n)
relating
to any current or former employee pension benefit plans or employee welfare
benefit plans sponsored by or maintained by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate or to
which Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has or ever had any obligation to
contribute, including the Business Benefit Plans and any liabilities or
obligations to provide continuation of medical benefits to any current or former
employee of the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate; and
(o)
relating
to benefits earned under the Business Benefit Plans.
“
Secretary’s
Certificate
” means a certificate executed by the Secretary of the
applicable Party certifying (i) the names of the officers of such Party
authorized to sign this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition
Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Sublease Agreement, the Services Agreement and (in the case of
the Buyer) the Warrant, together with the true signatures of such officers and
(ii) copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors (or, in the case of the
Seller, other appropriate corporate authority) authorizing the appropriate
officers of such Party to execute and
deliver
the foregoing documents and all other agreements, documents and instruments
contemplated thereby, and to consummate the transactions contemplated
thereby.
“
Securities Act
” shall
mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
“
Security Interest
”
shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge or other
lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law), other than
(i) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, and similar liens, (ii) liens arising
under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security,
retirement, and similar legislation and (iii) liens on goods in transit incurred
pursuant to documentary letters of credit, in each case arising in the Ordinary
Course of Business of the Business and not material to the
Business.
“
Seller
” shall have
the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
“
Seller Certificate
”
shall mean a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in
clauses (d) through (e) and clause (g) (insofar as clause (g) relates to
Legal Proceedings involving the Seller) of Section 5.1 is satisfied in all
respects.
“
Seller FSA
” shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(i).
“
Seller Intellectual
Property
” shall mean the Seller Owned Intellectual Property and the
Seller Licensed Intellectual Property.
“
Seller Licensed Intellectual
Property
” shall mean all Intellectual Property that is licensed to the
Seller by any third party and used exclusively or primarily in the
Business.
“
Seller Owned Intellectual
Property
” shall mean all Intellectual Property owned or purported to be
owned by the Seller, in whole or in part, and used exclusively or primarily in
the Business.
“
Seller Registrations
”
shall mean Intellectual Property Registrations that are registered or filed in
the name of the Seller, alone or jointly with others, and held exclusively or
primarily for the benefit of the Business.
“
Seller Restricted
Employee
” shall mean any person who is an employee of the Seller whose
activities support the Business on either the date of this Agreement or the
Closing Date, who is not a Business Employee, and either (i) is employed by the
Seller at a level of Vice President or higher or (ii) of whom the Buyer
became aware in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
“
Seller Source Code
”
shall mean the source code for any Software included in the Customer Offerings
or Internal Systems or other confidential information constituting, embodied in
or pertaining to such Software.
“
Separation Date
”
shall mean, with respect to an Available Employee, the date that such Available
Employee terminates employment with the Seller.
“
Services Agreement
”
shall mean an agreement between the Buyer and Seller in substantially the form
attached hereto as
Exhibit
D
.
“
Software
” shall mean
computer software code, applications, utilities, development tools, diagnostics,
databases and embedded systems, whether in source code, interpreted code or
object code form.
“
Sublease Agreement
”
shall mean a sublease agreement between the Buyer and Seller in substantially
the form attached hereto as
Exhibit G
, regarding
the Seller’s sublease of space 65 Gannett Road, South Portland, Maine to the
Buyer.
“
Subsidiary
” shall
mean any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other
non-corporate business enterprise in which the Seller (or another Subsidiary)
holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more than 50% of the
voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity or
(b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity
available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership
interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity.
“
Taxes
” shall mean any
and all taxes, charges, fees, duties, contributions, levies or other similar
assessments or liabilities in the nature of a tax, including income, gross
receipts, corporation, ad valorem, premium, value-added, net worth, capital
stock, capital gains, documentary, recapture, alternative or add-on minimum,
disability, estimated, registration, recording, excise, real property, personal
property, sales, use, license, lease, service, service use, transfer,
withholding, employment, unemployment, insurance, social security, national
insurance, business license, business organization, environmental, workers
compensation, payroll, profits, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits,
customs duties, franchise and other taxes of any kind whatsoever imposed by the
United States of America or any state, local or foreign government, or any
agency or political subdivision thereof, and any interest, fines, penalties,
assessments or additions to tax imposed with respect to such items or any
contest or dispute thereof.
“
Tax Returns
” shall
mean any and all reports, returns, declarations, or statements relating to
Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto and any related or
supporting work papers or information with respect to any of the foregoing,
including any amendment thereof.
“
Third Party Action
”
shall mean any suit or proceeding by a person or entity other than a Party for
which indemnification may be sought by a Party under Article VIII.
“
Trademarks
” shall
mean all registered trademarks and service marks, trade names, logos, Internet
domain names, corporate names and doing business designations and all
registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing, common law
trademarks and service marks and trade dress.
“
Transition Services
Agreement
” shall mean an agreement between the Buyer and Seller
substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
E
.
“
Vendor Network
” shall
mean the Seller’s PayMode relationship with those persons and entities who
currently use one or more of the PayMode Products to bill or collect amounts
owed
to them
(each, a “
Vendor
”), along with
the information about each Vendor not supplied by Customers that is used by the
Seller to electronically enable billing and collection using the PayMode
Products.
“
Warrant
” shall mean a
warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of Buyer Common Stock in substantially the
form attached hereto as
Exhibit
F
.
“
Warrant Shares
” shall
mean the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the
Warrant.
ARTICLE
XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1
Press
Releases
. Each Party shall approve the other Party’s press
releases regarding the signing of this Agreement and the closing of the
transactions contemplated hereby, in each case prior to dissemination of such
press releases. Neither Party shall issue any press release relating
to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of
the other Party;
provided
,
however
, that press
releases will be issued upon signing and closing, subject to the first sentence
of this Section 11.1, and that either Party may make any public disclosure it
believes in good faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market
rule (in which case the disclosing Party shall use reasonable efforts to advise
the other Party and provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an
opportunity to review and comment on it prior to making the
disclosure).
11.2
No Third Party
Beneficiaries
. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or
remedies upon any person other than the Parties and their respective successors
and permitted assigns.
11.3
Entire
Agreement
. This Agreement (including the documents referred to
herein) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any
prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the Parties,
written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided that the
Non-Disclosure Agreement dated June 24, 2008 between the Buyer and the Seller
shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms, as modified by the Section
7.1(a) hereof.
11.4
Succession and
Assignment
. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors and
permitted assigns. Neither Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its
rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval
of the other Party; provided that the Buyer may assign some or all of its
rights, interests and/or obligations hereunder to one or more Affiliates of the
Buyer. Any attempted assignment in contravention of this provision shall be
void.
11.5
Counterparts and Facsimile
Signature
. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement
may be executed by facsimile signature.
11.6
Headings
. The
section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only
and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement.
11.7
Notices
. All
notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be
in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given, in each case
to the intended recipient as set forth below:
If to the Seller
:
Bank
of America Corporation
100
N. Tryon Street
Charlotte,
NC 28255
Attn: General
Counsel
Fax: (704)
409-0781
|
Copy to
:
Moore
& Van Allen PLLC
100
N. Tryon Street, Suite 4700
Charlotte,
NC 28255
Attn: Hal
A. Levinson
Fax: (704)
378-2050
|
If to the Buyer
:
Robert
A. Eberle
President
and CEO
Bottomline
Technologies (de), Inc.
325
Corporate Drive
Portsmouth,
NH 03801
Fax:
(603) 436-0300
|
Copy to
:
John
A. Burgess, Esq.
Wilmer
Cutler Pickering Hale & Dorr LLP
60
State Street
Boston,
MA 02109
Fax:
(617) 526-5000
|
All such
notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date
of receipt by the recipient thereof if received on a business day in the place
of receipt prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of
receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall
be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in
the place of receipt. Either Party may change the address to which
notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be
delivered by giving the other Party notice in the manner herein set
forth.
11.8
Governing
Law
. This Agreement (including the validity and applicability
of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement, the conduct of any arbitration
of a Dispute, the enforcement of any arbitral award made hereunder and any other
questions of arbitration law or procedure arising hereunder) shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware,
without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule
(whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that
would cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than
those of the State of Delaware.
11.9
Amendments and
Waivers
. The Parties may mutually amend any provision of this
Agreement at any time prior to the Closing. No amendment of any
provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by each of the Parties. No waiver by either Party of any
right or remedy hereunder shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and
signed by the Party giving such waiver. No waiver by either Party
with respect
to any
default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder shall be
deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or
breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising
by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.
11.10
Severability
. Any
term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any
situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of
the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other
jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or
unenforceable, the Parties agree that the court making the determination of
invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to limit the term or
provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or
unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and
enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or
unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so
modified.
11.11
Expenses
. Except
as set forth in Article VIII, each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses
(including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby.
11.12
Submission to
Jurisdiction
. Each Party (a) submits to the jurisdiction
of any state or federal court sitting in Delaware in any action or proceeding
arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements
(including any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any arbitral award
made in connection with any arbitration of a Dispute hereunder), (b) agrees
that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and
determined in any such court, (c) waives any claim of inconvenient forum or
other challenge to venue in such court, (d) agrees not to bring any action or
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Ancillary
Agreements in any other court and (e) waives any right it may have to a trial by
jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; provided in each case that, solely with
respect to any arbitration of a Dispute, the Arbitrator shall resolve all
threshold issues relating to the validity and applicability of the arbitration
provisions of this Agreement, contract validity, applicability of statutes of
limitations and issue preclusion, and such threshold issues shall not be heard
or determined by such court. Each Party agrees to accept service of
any summons, complaint or other initial pleading made in the manner provided for
the giving of notices in Section 11.7, provided that nothing in this
Section 11.12 shall affect the right of either Party to serve such summons,
complaint or other initial pleading in any other manner permitted by
law.
11.13
Specific
Performance
. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the other
Party would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of this
Agreement (including Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3) are not performed in accordance
with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Accordingly,
each Party agrees that the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction or
other equitable relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement
and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof
in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof
having jurisdiction over the Parties and the matter, in addition to any other
remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Parties agree that if a Dispute is submitted to arbitration in
accordance
with Section 8.3(d) and Section 8.3(e), then the foregoing provisions of this
Section 11.12 shall not apply to such Dispute, and the provisions of Section
8.3(d) and Section 8.3(e) shall govern availability of injunctive relief,
specific performance or other equitable relief with respect to such
Dispute.
11.14
Construction
.
(a)
The
language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the
Parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall
be applied against either Party.
(b)
Any
reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign statute or law shall be
deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless
the context requires otherwise.
(c)
Any
reference herein to "including" shall be interpreted as "including without
limitation".
(d)
Any
reference to any Article, Section or paragraph shall be deemed to refer to an
Article, Section or paragraph of this Agreement, unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first
above written.
BOTTOMLINE
TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
By:__
/s/ Robert
Eberle
___________________
Name:__
Robert
Eberle
___________________
Title:___
President and
CEO
________________
BANK
OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:____
/s/ Leonard
Heckwolf
_____________
Name:___
Leonard
Heckwolf
____________
Title:____
Senior Vice
President
____________
Schedule
8.3(e)
Optional
Arbitration
(i) In
the event of any conflict between the Commercial Rules in effect from time to
time and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement shall
prevail and be controlling.
(ii) The
parties shall commence the arbitration by jointly filing a written submission
with the New York Regional Office of the AAA in accordance with Commercial Rule
5 (or any successor provision).
(iii) No
Dispute may be pursued by either Party in arbitration which is barred by the
applicable statute of limitations (unless Section 8.4 of the Agreement provides
for a longer survival period) and the resolution of any statute of limitations
defense to any claim asserted shall be decided by a court having jurisdiction
thereof and not by the arbitrator(s).
(iv) If
the arbitration involves claims or counterclaims, either of which exceeds
$250,000, the dispute shall be heard by three arbitrators, one selected by each
side with those two selecting a third arbitrator.
(v) No
depositions or other discovery shall be conducted in connection with the
arbitration unless the claim or counterclaim exceeds $100,000, in which case the
parties shall have the right to take the deposition of the other party or its
representative(s) who have knowledge of any facts relating to the claims or
counterclaims asserted or the defenses related thereto.
(vi) The
arbitrator(s) shall award the costs of the arbitration and any related
litigation to the prevailing party, including their reasonable attorney’s
fees.
(vii) Testimony
by affidavit shall not be permitted in the arbitration.
(viii) Hearsay
evidence shall not be presented by the Parties or considered by the
arbitrator(s), except that which would be permissible under the Delaware Rules
of Evidence in effect at the time of the arbitration.
(ix) The
arbitrator shall resolve any disputes concerning the relevance of documents to
be produced.
(x) The
arbitration shall be private and all documents produced or relied upon by either
Party and any award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be kept confidential by
the Parties, it being agreed that any claims arising out of or relating to this
obligation, or the breach thereof by any party, shall be settled by arbitration
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, either Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good
faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which
case such Party shall use reasonable efforts to advise the other Party and
provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review
and comment on it prior to making the disclosure).
(xi) Where
one Party intends to rely upon the testimony of an expert or experts, the
expert(s) must be disclosed at least ninety days in advance of the arbitration
hearing and the other Party shall have the right within thirty days thereafter
to take the deposition of the expert upon payment of the expert’s reasonable
fees for the in-deposition time of the expert.
(xii) Either
Party may disclose a rebuttal expert within thirty days of the deposition of the
other Party’s expert and the other Party shall be entitled to a deposition of
the expert upon payment of the expert’s reasonable fee for the in-deposition
time of the expert.
(xiii) The
arbitrator(s) shall be required to consider the law presented by either Party
which that Party considers to be applicable to any claim presented and shall
issue a reasoned award with respect to that issue upon the request of either
Party.
(xiv) The
Federal Arbitration Act shall apply to the construction, interpretation, and
enforcement of this arbitration provision.
(xv) Not
later than 30 days after the conclusion of the arbitration hearing, the
Arbitrator shall prepare and distribute to the parties a writing setting forth
the arbitral award and the Arbitrator’s reasons therefor. Any award
rendered by the Arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the
parties, and judgment thereon may be entered and enforced in any court of
competent jurisdiction (subject to Section 11.12 of the Agreement), provided
that the Arbitrator shall have no power or authority to grant injunctive relief,
specific performance or other equitable relief.
(xvi) The
Arbitrator shall have no power or authority, under the Commercial Rules or
otherwise, to (x) modify or disregard any provision of this Agreement,
including the provisions of Section 8.3(e) of the Agreement, or (y) address
or resolve any issue not submitted by the Parties.
Exhibit
10.1
Confidential
Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities
and Exchange Commission. Asterisks denote omissions.
SERVICES
AGREEMENT
between
Bottomline
Technologies (de), Inc.
and
Bank
of America, N.A.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ARTICLE
1
|
PAYMODE
SERVICES
|
|
|
1.3
|
Use
of PayMode System
|
|
|
1.8
|
Non-exclusive
Provider
|
|
|
2.1
|
Enhancements
to PayMode System
|
|
|
2.3
|
Specific
Features and Functionality.
|
|
|
2.4
|
Changes
to the Product Roadmap, Etc
|
|
|
2.7
|
Annual
Enhancement Value
|
|
|
2.8
|
Delivery
of General Enhancements
|
|
|
2.9
|
Acceptance
of Enhancements.
|
|
|
3.1
|
Development
of Customizations by Tech
|
|
ARTICLE
4
|
MAINTENANCE
AND SUPPORT SERVICES
|
|
|
4.3
|
Support
and Customer Service
|
|
ARTICLE
6
|
FEES,
INVOICING AND PAYMENTS
|
|
ARTICLE
7
|
SALES
AND MARKETING
|
|
i
ARTICLE
8
|
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY
|
|
|
8.3
|
Bank
Information and Tech Information.
|
|
|
8.5
|
Representation
and Warranty
|
|
|
9.1
|
Escrow
of Upgraded Application Software
|
|
|
9.2
|
Original
Application Software
|
|
|
9.3
|
Updates
and Verification
|
|
|
9.5
|
Escrow
Release Conditions
|
|
ARTICLE
10
|
CONFIDENTIALITY
|
|
10.1
|
Information
Exchanges
|
|
|
10.2
|
Confidential
Information
|
|
|
10.4
|
Restrictions
on Disclosure
|
|
|
10.5
|
Custody
of Confidential Information
|
|
|
10.6
|
Return
and Destruction of Confidential Information
|
|
|
10.7
|
Disclosure
Required by Law
|
|
|
10.8
|
Ownership
& Publicity
|
|
|
11.1
|
Information
Security
|
|
|
11.2
|
Business
Associate Addendum
|
|
|
11.3
|
PayMode
Security Program.
|
|
|
11.4
|
Modifications
Requested by Bank
|
|
|
11.5
|
Additional
Participation with Bank
|
|
ARTICLE
12
|
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
|
|
12.1
|
Mutual
Representation and Warranties
|
|
|
12.5
|
Software
and Service Level Warranty
|
|
|
12.6
|
Intellectual
Property Warranty
|
|
|
12.8
|
Privacy
and Security Warranty
|
|
|
12.9
|
Customer
Service Agreement Warranty
|
|
ii
ARTICLE
13
|
INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
13.5
|
Indemnification
Procedure
|
|
|
13.6
|
Cooperation
in Litigation
|
|
ARTICLE
14
|
LIMITATIONS
OF LIABILITY; DISCLAIMER
|
|
14.1
|
Consequential
Damages
|
|
|
14.4
|
DISCLAIMER
OF WARRANTIES
|
|
ARTICLE
15
|
TERM
AND TERMINATION
|
|
15.3
|
Termination
for Convenience
|
|
|
15.4
|
Effect
of Termination or Expiration
|
|
ARTICLE
16
|
TECH
PERSONNEL
|
|
16.2
|
Replacement
of Tech Resources
|
|
|
16.5
|
Hiring
and Background Checks
|
|
|
17.2
|
Insurance
Certificates
|
|
|
19.1
|
Maintenance
of Records
|
|
|
19.3
|
Bank
Confidential Audits
|
|
iii
ARTICLE
20
|
NON-DISCRIMINATION
AND DIVERSITY
|
|
20.1
|
Equal
Opportunity Employers
|
|
|
20.3
|
Representation
by Tech
|
|
ARTICLE
21
|
ENVIRONMENTAL
INITIATIVE
|
ARTICLE
22
|
DEFINITIONS;
INTERPRETATION
|
|
23.1
|
Compliance
with Laws
|
|
|
23.3
|
Financial
Responsibility
|
|
|
23.4
|
Business
Continuity and Disaster Recovery
|
|
|
23.6
|
Affiliates
and Restriction on other Third Party Beneficiaries
|
|
|
23.8
|
Succession
and Assignment
|
|
|
23.9
|
Counterparts
and Facsimile Signature
|
|
|
23.13
|
Consents
and Approvals
|
|
|
23.14
|
Amendments
and Waivers.
|
|
|
23.17
|
Relationship
of the Parties
|
|
SCHEDULE
A - PayMode Services/Deliverables
SCHEDULE
B - PayMode Service Levels/Support Services
SCHEDULE
C - Annual Enhancement Value
SCHEDULE
D - Service Fees
SCHEDULE
E - Bank and Tech Sales and Marketing Responsibilities
SCHEDULE
F - Model Escrow Agreement
SCHEDULE
G - PayMode Security Requirements
SCHEDULE
H - Business Associate Agreement
SCHEDULE
I - Agreements Subject to Consent Requirement
SCHEDULE
J - Background Checks
SCHEDULE
K - Business Continuity Requirements
iv
SERVICES
AGREEMENT
This
SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “
Services Agreement
”)
is made effective as of the Closing Date, by and between Bottomline Technologies
(de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (“
Tech
”), and Bank of
America, N.A., a national banking association (“
Bank
”).
Tech and
Bank are parties to an Asset Purchase Agreement entered contemporaneously with
this Services Agreement, whereby Tech acquired substantially all of the assets
and related operations of Bank’s PayMode business (the “
Acquisition
Agreement
”). Tech and Bank are also parties to a Transition
Services Agreement entered contemporaneously with this Services Agreement that
sets out how the PayMode Services will be transitioned from Bank to Tech (the
“
Transition
Agreement
”).
This
Services Agreement contemplates that Tech will provide to Bank the PayMode
Services for the benefit of Bank’s Customers, as well as certain other related
services, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Capitalized
terms used in this Services Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them
in Article 22 or as otherwise set forth in the body of this Services
Agreement.
In
consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby
acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
Parties agree as follows.
ARTICLE
1
PAYMODE
SERVICES
1.1
General
. Beginning
on the Closing Date and during the Term of this Services Agreement, Tech shall
provide the PayMode Services to Bank and, at Bank’s direction, to Bank’s
Customers. Tech shall operate and maintain the PayMode System and all
facilities, connectivity, hardware, software and other materials and shall
employ all personnel necessary to provide the PayMode Services to Bank and
Bank’s Customers as anticipated and required herein. Unless the
Parties otherwise agree in writing, all PayMode Services shall be provided,
whether in whole or in part, by Tech, its employees, Representatives and/or
Subcontractors in and from a location or locations in one or more of the fifty
states of the United States of America only, all subject to applicable laws and
regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tech and/or its
Subcontractors may perform software coding and/or programming outside the fifty
states of the United States of America, provided that Tech shall not send,
utilize or access PayMode Data outside the fifty states of the United States of
America at any time without the prior written consent of Bank.
1.2
Level of
Services
. Tech shall provide the PayMode Services to Bank
and/or Bank’s Customers at levels that meet or exceed the performance levels set
forth in Schedule B (the “
Service Levels
”), but
in no event having functionality and performance levels less than the Bank
provided for itself immediately prior to the Closing Date. Without
limitation of any other remedies available to Bank, failure to meet the Service
Levels shall result in a [**] to the Bank
as set
forth in Schedule B, provided that any such [**] received by Bank shall [**]
available to Bank.
1.3
Use of PayMode
System
. Tech shall use the PayMode System to provide the
PayMode Services to Bank and/or Bank’s Customers, and as the PayMode System is
enhanced and improved, pursuant to Article 3 and otherwise, Tech will
incorporate all Enhancements into its provision of the PayMode Services to Bank
and Bank’s Customers and will make available to Bank such other enhancements and
improvements on similar terms and conditions as such enhancements and
improvements are made generally available to other customers of
Tech.
1.4
Customer
Files
. In its provision of the PayMode Processing Services,
Tech shall accept and process files that are received directly from Bank’s
Customers as well as Customer-initiated files that are routed through Bank’s
network and systems prior to being submitted to Tech for
processing.
1.5
Bank
Services
. At no cost to Tech, Bank shall provide use of ACH
and wire transfer systems to debit and credit accounts and shall enable
interfaces to Bank systems as outlined in Appendix A to Schedule A (“
Bank Interfaces
”) as
necessary to complete the transactions facilitated by the PayMode Processing
Services, solely for Bank’s Customers. Bank shall provide sponsorship
of Tech to [**] as a condition of Tech entering into a direct relationship with
[**] solely to provide the PayMode Processing Services to Bank’s
Customers.
1.6
Cooperation
. Each
Party shall name a point of contact (such Party’s “
Relationship
Manager
”), who shall be responsible for the day-to-day implementation of
this Services Agreement, including attempted resolution of any issues that may
arise during the performance of either Party’s obligations
hereunder. The Relationship Manager of each Party (i) must be
reasonably acceptable to the other Party; (ii) will meet regularly with the
other Party’s Relationship Manager; and (iii) will have the authority to make
decisions with respect to actions to be taken by such Party in the ordinary
course of performance of this Services Agreement.
1.7
Status
Meetings
. Tech and Bank shall meet on a semi-annual basis to
review the status, objectives and future plans for the PayMode
Services. In addition to the Parties’ respective Relationship
Managers and others whose attendance will be beneficial, a member of Tech’s
senior management and Bank’s head of Global Project Management (or an individual
having substantially the same responsibility) shall attend such
meetings.
1.8
Non-exclusive
Provider
. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Bank has no
obligation whatsoever to obtain the Services or any other services from Tech and
that Tech shall not be considered Bank’s exclusive provider of any goods or
services provided hereunder. Bank retains the unconditional right to
utilize other vendors in the provision of services and products whether or not
the same as or similar to the Services.
ARTICLE
2
ENHANCEMENTS
2.1
Enhancements to PayMode
System
. Tech shall be responsible for the continued
development of the PayMode System. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Tech
shall
develop and incorporate into the PayMode System and PayMode Services the
additional features and functionality identified in Section 2.3(a)
(collectively, “[**] Enhancements”). Further, over time Tech will
determine, with input from Bank as set forth in Section 2.2(c), additional
features and functionality that Tech shall develop and incorporate into the
PayMode System and PayMode Services (collectively, [**] Enhancements [**]
Enhancements, “Enhancements”).
2.2
Product
Roadmap
.
(a)
[**]
roadmap [**] (the “
Product
Roadmap
”). Tech acknowledges and agrees that, at a minimum,
the Product Roadmap shall include the [**] Enhancements set forth in Section
2.3(a).
(b)
With
respect to [**] Enhancements, the Product Roadmap shall include, at a minimum,
the completion dates for particular [**] Enhancements, any interim milestones
applicable to the development, and an indication as to how the Annual
Enhancement Value (as that term is defined in Section 2.7 below) will be
allocated amongst such [**] Enhancements. Tech shall develop [**]
Enhancements in accordance with the Product Roadmap and must deliver the [**]
Enhancements to Bank for acceptance testing pursuant to Section 2.9 by the
Delivery Date. In the event Tech fails to deliver the [**]
Enhancements for acceptance testing by the Delivery Date, Bank shall be entitled
to [**] until the [**] Enhancements are accepted by Bank. If Tech
delivers the [**] Enhancements to Bank for acceptance testing prior to the
Delivery Date such that Bank conducts acceptance testing after the Delivery
Date, then, in the event the [**] with the functional business requirements
pursuant to Section 2.9, Bank shall be entitled to [**], which shall apply
retroactively to the Delivery Date, until the [**] Enhancements are accepted by
Bank. Either of the foregoing conditions giving rise to Bank’s
entitlement to a [**] shall be a material breach of this Services Agreement and
Bank, at its option, may immediately terminate this Services Agreement upon
either of the foregoing conditions being met, in addition to other remedies
available to it pursuant to this Services Agreement or otherwise.
(c)
Any [**]
to which Bank is entitled as a result of the terms of this Section 2.2 shall be
determined as follows: (i) for the first month following the Delivery Date, the
[**]; (ii) for the month following the first month, the [**]; and (iii) for each
month thereafter, the [**]. In the event Bank accepts a [**]
Enhancement prior to the expiration of a complete month according to the
foregoing schedule, the [**] due hereunder for that month shall be pro-rated to
the date of acceptance by Bank.
(d)
Following
acceptance of the [**], Tech shall establish a [**] on which Bank shall have a
permanent seat, which shall meet on a quarterly basis with Tech’s senior product
management executives for the PayMode business. Subject to Section
2.3(b), the [**] with respect to the development of any [**] and may make
modifications and additions to the [**] as it relates to [**]. With
respect to [**], the [**] shall include, at a minimum, the anticipated
completion dates for particular [**] and, if applicable, an indication as to how
the Annual Enhancement Value will be allocated amongst such [**]. In
the event the Parties agree that the [**] will be established prior to the
acceptance of
the [**],
the [**] shall have no authority to modify or eliminate any [**] set forth in
Section 2.3(a) or to change the [**] with respect to [**], unless agreed to in
writing by Bank.
2.3
Specific Features and
Functionality
.
(a)
The
following [**] Enhancements shall be included in the Product Roadmap for
development during Contract Years [**]:
1.
[**];
and
2.
[**].
(b)
Unless
otherwise agreed by Tech and Bank in writing, the [**] shall select [**]
Enhancements for inclusion in the Product Roadmap from the following features
and functionality:
[**]
2.4
Changes to the Product
Roadmap, Etc
. Bank and Tech acknowledge that the Parties’
priorities may change from time to time, and changes to the Product Roadmap may
be required. Furthermore, the timing of delivery of Enhancements may
change based on the various transition activities of the Parties pursuant to the
Transition Agreement. Changes to the Product Roadmap that materially impact the
timing of delivery of [**] Enhancements or the expected functionality or
features included in [**] Enhancements shall be mutually agreed to in writing by
the Parties prior to any changes being made. No changes or deletions
may be made to the Product Roadmap that affect the [**] Enhancements without
Bank’s prior written consent. Tech will not publically announce the
availability of [**] Enhancements or [**] Enhancements without prior written
notification to Bank.
2.5
Bank
Cooperation
. Bank shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause
its applicable Affiliates to reasonably cooperate, with Tech to carry out all
tasks reasonably necessary for the development, integration, and acceptance of
Enhancements in accordance with the Product Roadmap and as anticipated
herein.
2.6
[**] to
any financial institution or similar entity for a [**] period commencing upon
the date that such features and functionality are deployed into
production. Additionally, Tech agrees that the [**] shall be made
available exclusively to Bank’s Customers, and not to other customers of Tech or
customers of any other financial institution. Bank and Tech will use
reasonable efforts to mutually agree upon terms in which the [**] is offered to
Tech’s direct customers.
2.7
Annual Enhancement
Value
. During each Contract Year, Tech shall deliver ongoing
Enhancements, supporting technology and other infrastructure having a value of
at least [**] United States Dollars ($[**]), as calculated in accordance with
Schedule C attached hereto (the “
Annual Enhancement
Value
”) and Bank shall have no obligation or liability for such Annual
Enhancement Value, which shall be solely borne by
Tech. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Services Agreement to
the contrary, a minimum of $[**] of the $[**] shall be
directly
attributed to development and implementation of the [**] Enhancements and [**]
Enhancements. Upon the reasonable request of Bank, Tech shall provide
Bank with documentation reasonably acceptable to Bank setting forth how the
Annual Enhancement Value is being or has been applied for a particular Contract
Year. If, in any particular Contract Year, the Annual Enhancement
Value is not applied in its entirety, whether due to the rejection of
Enhancements by Bank pursuant to Section 2.9 or otherwise, the remaining
unexpended portion of the Annual Enhancement Value will be allocated to
Enhancements in subsequent Contract Years. Upon expiration of the
Initial Term, any unexpended portion of the Annual Enhancement Value, which
amount shall include the difference between $[**] and the value of all
Enhancements delivered and accepted by Bank during the Initial Term, shall be
available to Bank as a [**]. If Tech delivers Enhancements having an
aggregate value that exceeds the Annual Enhancement Value in any Contract Year,
Tech’s obligation with respect to delivering Enhancements in the remaining
Contract Years of the Initial Term shall be reduced in the aggregate by the
amount of such excess.
2.8
Delivery of [**]
Enhancements
. Subject to Section 2.4, Tech shall use
Reasonable Best Efforts to deliver the [**] Enhancements for use by Bank in
accordance with the Product Roadmap.
2.9
Acceptance of
Enhancements
.
(a)
[**]
Enhancements
. As part of Tech’s product development process,
Tech shall provide Bank with pre-development, functional business requirements
for the [**] Enhancements for Bank’s review and written
approval. Following timely receipt of Bank’s approval, and upon Tech
satisfying itself that the [**] Enhancements conform to the functional business
requirements, Tech will provide Bank with the applicable Acceptance
Materials. Bank shall review the Acceptance Materials and shall
accept or reject the corresponding [**] Enhancement prior to expiration of the
Acceptance Period. If Bank discovers that any [**] Enhancement does
not meet the approved functional business requirements, Bank shall notify Tech
of the deficiencies, including which acceptance criteria were not
met. Tech, at its own expense and as part of the Annual Enhancement
Value, shall modify, repair, adjust or replace the [**] Enhancement in order to
correct the deficiency and submit the revised Acceptance Materials within thirty
(30) calendar days or such other mutually agreed time frame following the date
of Bank’s deficiency notice. Bank will review the revised Acceptance
Materials and determine whether the modified [**] Enhancement is
acceptable. Tech shall assist Bank, as reasonably requested, in
reviewing the acceptance tests as anticipated herein. Bank’s
rejection of any [**] Enhancement after two Acceptance Periods shall be a
material breach of this Services Agreement and Bank, at its option, may
immediately terminate this Services Agreement. In addition to other
remedies that Bank may have under this Services Agreement or otherwise, in the
event two (2) or more [**] Enhancements deployed into production result in
material production issues, Tech and Bank will mutually modify the acceptance
process to allow for additional bank involvement in the overall Enhancement
testing process.
(b)
[**] Enhancements
. As
part of Tech’s product development process, Tech shall provide Bank with
pre-development, functional business requirements for the [**]
Enhancements
that have been approved by the [**]. Upon Tech satisfying itself that
the [**] Enhancements conform to the functional business requirements, Tech will
provide Bank with the applicable Acceptance Materials. Bank shall
review the Acceptance Materials and shall, within the Acceptance Period, either
confirm that the corresponding [**] Enhancement materially conforms to the
functional business requirements or notify Tech that the [**] Enhancement does
not conform to the functional business requirements, including specifying the
particular manner in which the [**] Enhancement does not so
conform. In the event Tech receives notification that a [**]
Enhancement does not conform to the functional business requirements, Tech, at
its own expense and as part of the Annual Enhancement Value, shall modify,
repair, adjust or replace the [**] Enhancements in order to correct the
identified deficiencies and submit the revised Acceptance Materials within
thirty (30) calendar days or such other mutually agreed time frame following the
date of Bank’s deficiency notice. Bank will review the revised
Acceptance Materials, and will either confirm that the resubmitted [**]
Enhancement materially conforms to the functional business requirements or
notify Tech again that the [**] Enhancement does not so conform. Tech
shall assist Bank, as reasonably requested, in reviewing the Acceptance
Materials as anticipated herein. If after [**] Acceptance Periods
Bank has not confirmed that a [**] Enhancement materially conforms to the
functional business requirements, Tech, at its option, may: (a) at its own
expense and not as part of the Annual Enhancement Value, repair, modify, adjust
or replace the [**] Enhancement so that such [**] Enhancement materially
conforms to the functional business requirements; or (b) elect to exclude the
value of such [**] Enhancement (as calculated in accordance with Schedule C)
from the Annual Enhancement Value; provided, however, that in the event Tech
chooses option (a) above and does not satisfactorily adjust, modify, repair or
replace the [**] Enhancement within ninety (90) days of the Bank’s third
notification of rejection, the value of such [**] Enhancement, as calculated in
accordance with Schedule C, shall not be included in the Annual Enhancement
Value.
(c)
The
Parties acknowledge and agree that, prior to the commencement of the formal
Acceptance Period set forth above with respect to Acceptance Materials, Tech may
deliver, and Bank may review and conduct preliminary tests with respect to, the
Acceptance Materials (or components thereof). In addition, Bank may
from time to time consult with Tech to monitor the interim progress of the
creation and development of Enhancements, and Bank may provide preliminary
feedback to Tech as to the suitability of any such Enhancements. The
Parties acknowledge and agree that no such informal reviews, preliminary
testing, interim monitoring or feedback shall be deemed to be part of the formal
acceptance testing procedure set forth in Section 2.9, nor shall it be deemed to
act as an acceptance or rejection of any such Enhancements, and Bank shall not
be deemed to have waived any of its rights, or any of Tech’s obligations, set
forth in this Section 2.9 or elsewhere in this Services
Agreement. Any acceptance or rejection of any Enhancements shall
occur only during the Acceptance Periods, as set forth
above. Contemporaneously with its formal delivery to Bank of the
Acceptance Materials for acceptance testing, Tech shall provide a written notice
to Bank (the “
Acceptance Testing
Notice
”), and Bank’s receipt of such Acceptance Testing Notice shall
signal the formal commencement of the acceptance testing with respect to
Acceptance Materials. The Acceptance Testing Notice shall state that
Tech has delivered versions of Acceptance
Materials,
which Tech reasonably believes to be production ready, to Bank for formal
acceptance testing in accordance with Section 2.9 of this Services
Agreement.
ARTICLE
3
CUSTOMIZATIONS
3.1
Development of
Customizations by Tech
. Bank may request that Tech develop
specific features or functionality that are not included in the Product Roadmap
for incorporation into the PayMode Services in order to meet the specific
requirements of Bank or one or more of Bank’s Customers (the “
Customizations
”). Unless
Tech has a reasonable basis for not doing so, Bank and Tech shall enter into a
mutually agreed upon Statement of Work for development of each Customization,
setting forth, at a minimum: (a) the Customization and other Work Product to be
provided by Tech to Bank pursuant to the Statement of Work; (b) specifications
for the Customization and/or other Work Product; (c) a Schedule detailing the
timeframe for the work and delivery of the Customization and/or other Work
Product; and (d) the fees, if any, that Bank will pay Tech for the development
(the “
Customization
Fees
”). Bank shall reasonably cooperate with Tech to carry out
all tasks reasonably necessary for Tech’s development of Customizations in
accordance with the time Schedule described in the Statement of
Work. All Customizations and other Work Product provided to Bank
pursuant to a Statement of Work hereunder shall be subject to the acceptance
testing procedure set forth for [**] Enhancements in Section 2.9(a)
above.
3.2
Changes
. Bank
may direct changes to Statements of Work, including changes to Customizations
and schedules. If Bank directs any such change, Tech will promptly
notify Bank in writing if Tech believes that such change merits an adjustment to
the Customization Fees. Following receipt of such information, Bank
may elect to withdraw its request for the change or enter into negotiations with
Tech regarding adjustments to the Customization Fees. Any agreed upon
changes, including adjustments to the Customization Fees, will be reflected in
written amendments to the affected Statements of Work, executed by the
Relationship Managers of both Parties.
ARTICLE
4
MAINTENANCE
AND SUPPORT SERVICES
4.1
General
. Tech
shall provide to Bank and/or Bank’s Customers maintenance and support services
and assistance reasonably required to permit Bank and Bank’s Customers to use
the PayMode System, the Application Software, the Customizations and other Work
Product, and to otherwise utilize the Services provided hereunder as
contemplated by this Services Agreement and/or any Statement of Work, and to
ensure that the Application Software is Operative and that the PayMode Services
are being provided in accordance with Schedule B at all times (as further
defined below, the “
PayMode Maintenance
Services
” and the “
PayMode Support
Services
”).
4.2
Maintenance
. The
“PayMode Maintenance Services” shall include maintenance of the PayMode System,
the Application Software, Customizations and any other Work Product,
the
provision of any and all changes, periodic patches, fixes, error corrections,
agreed-upon modifications, enhancements, updates, upgrades, and all other
additions, improvements or alterations thereto and increased functionality
thereof regardless of the nature or advancement of the technologies upon which
they are based which are reasonably required or useful for the operation of, or
otherwise enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the PayMode Services and
the Work Product.
4.3
Support and Customer
Service
. The “PayMode Support Services” shall include
administrative, technical and troubleshooting support via telephone, facsimile,
e-mail, Internet and remote access, as further set forth in Schedule B attached
hereto.
4.4
[**]
Project. Upon request by Bank, which shall not be made sooner than
one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Closing Date, Tech will provide
Bank, at Bank’s expense or as [**], in the sole discretion of Bank, with a
written proposal detailing the scope of work associated with Tech developing and
implementing enhancements to the PayMode System to allow Bank to [**] (the “[**]
Project”). Bank shall provide reasonable cooperation to Tech in
formulating the proposal. Tech shall provide said proposal no later
than one hundred and eighty (180) days after receiving Bank’s
request. The proposal shall include, at a minimum, the cost to Bank,
the time required for Tech to complete the [**] Project, and any potential
impact to the Product Roadmap. Bank shall be under no obligation to
accept the [**] Project proposal. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary and without limiting any other rights or remedies available to
Bank, the Parties agree that upon the occurrence of Tech providing the PayMode
Processing Services to [**] of Bank, and upon one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior written notice from Bank, Tech shall perform the [**] Project at Bank’s
expense or as [**], in the sole discretion of Tech. In the event Tech
determines that the [**] Project will be performed at Bank’s expense, the [**]
Project shall be deemed a Customization for purposes of this Services
Agreement. In addition, in the event that the performance metrics for
either Service Calls or Abandonment Rate receives a score of [**] as set forth
in Attachment 1 to Schedule B, for [**], then, upon written notice from Bank,
Tech shall perform the [**] Project at Tech’s expense and Bank may
[**].
ARTICLE
5
TRAINING
As
reasonably requested by Bank and at Tech’s expense, Tech shall from time to time
provide training on the use of the PayMode Services and the Application Software
for Bank personnel to perform internal Bank personnel and Customer
training. Any such training provided hereunder shall be reasonable in
scope and frequency, and shall be provided at locations mutually agreed upon by
the Parties. Tech shall provide training documentation for each
attendee at any training classes Tech conducts and shall make such training
documentation available online. If Bank desires to train its own
personnel, Tech shall provide Bank, at no charge, with all trainer/class
leadership materials that Tech has available and/or used in connection with the
training classes conducted for Bank. Bank may duplicate these
materials for Bank’s use exclusively and use them to conduct other classes at
Bank’s discretion. Such materials shall be considered Confidential
Information of Tech. In extraordinary circumstances and when
requested by Bank, Tech may agree to provide direct Customer
training. If such
training
is to be conducted at a Customer’s site, Bank will reimburse Tech for reasonable
out-of pocket travel expenses.
ARTICLE
6
FEES,
INVOICING AND PAYMENTS
6.1
Invoicing
.
Bank shall pay
Tech the fees for the provision of the PayMode Services as set forth in Schedule
D (the “
Service
Fees
”), [**]. The Subscription Fees and all other Service Fees
will be invoiced monthly in arrears on a single invoice totaling all Service
Fees applicable to provision of the PayMode Services during the
month. Customization Fees will be invoiced pursuant to the
corresponding Statement of Work or, if not specified, monthly in
arrears.
6.2
Invoice
Requirements
. Tech shall invoice Bank for all amounts payable
under this Services Agreement using a Bank-designated
method. Invoices shall contain such detail as Bank may reasonably
require from time to time including, as applicable: (a) the amount for each item
on the invoice, (b) the state where any invoiced services were performed, (c)
the Bank Services Agreement reference number, and (d) the Statement of Work
number if applicable. Invoices (i) omitting the (A) state where the
invoiced services were performed, (B) Agreement reference number or (C)
Statement of Work number if applicable, or (ii) that fail to list services
separately, or that are incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate, will not be paid,
and will be returned to Tech. The Bank Relationship Manager will
contact the Tech Relationship Manager to address any incorrect invoice
informally prior to initiating the dispute resolution process under this
Services Agreement.
6.3
Payment
Terms
. Bank shall pay Tech for all services and applicable
taxes invoiced in accordance with the terms of this Services Agreement within
[**] of the date of receipt of a valid and correct invoice by
Bank. Tech shall accept payment through ACH transfer. Bank
reserves the right to pay prior to the expiration of the [**]
period.
6.4
Amounts Not
Invoiced
. Amounts not invoiced by Tech to Bank within [**]
after such amounts could first be invoiced under this Services Agreement may not
thereafter be invoiced, and Bank shall not be required to pay such
amounts.
6.5
Taxes
.
(a)
Invoices
shall include and list all applicable VAT, sales, use or excise taxes that are a
statutory obligation of Bank as separate line items identifying each separate
tax category and taxing authority. Bank will reimburse Tech for all
VAT, sales, use or excise taxes levied in accordance with the general statutes
or other authoritative directives of the taxing authority on amounts payable by
Bank to Tech pursuant to this Services Agreement, however, Bank shall not be
responsible for remittance of such taxes to applicable tax
authorities.
(b)
Bank
shall not be responsible for any ad valorem, income, gross receipts, franchise,
privilege, value added or occupational taxes of Tech. Bank and Tech
shall
each bear
sole responsibility for all taxes, assessments and other real or personal
property-related levies on its owned or leased real or personal
property. Tech shall ensure that the business personal property tax
exemption granted to financial institutions by California, Missouri, Virginia,
Maryland, South Carolina, or other states is properly applied.
(c)
Tech
shall be responsible for the payment of all interest and penalties related to
any taxes assessed or levied as contemplated by this Section 6.5 to the extent
that Tech fails to accurately and timely invoice Bank for such taxes and remit
such taxes directly to the applicable taxing authority; provided, however, in no
event shall Tech be responsible for the payment of the underlying tax liability,
which tax liability shall always be a liability of Bank. In the event
that a taxing authority performs a sample and projection audit of Bank, then
Tech shall be responsible for the payment of all interest and penalties on any
projected taxes assessed resulting from taxing errors identified by such taxing
authority on Tech’s invoices. In the event Tech voluntarily registers to collect
sales tax at some future date, and wishes to remit historical taxes Tech deems
due, Bank will only be responsible for the taxes due for the time period that
Bank is statutorily obligated to the tax authorities in each state.
(d)
Tech
shall cooperate with Bank and any taxing authority involving any audit of sales,
use or excise taxes. Upon request from Bank, Tech will provide copies
of invoices in electronic form that have been selected for review by any taxing
authority, together with documents supporting the identification of taxable and
nontaxable portions of amounts reflected on such invoices. Bank may
furnish Tech with certificates or other evidence supporting applicable
exemptions from sales, use or excise taxation. If Bank pays or
reimburses Tech under this Section 6.5, Tech hereby assigns and transfers to
Bank all of its right, title and interest in and to any refund for such taxes
paid. Any claim for refund of taxes against the assessing authority
may be made in the name of Bank or Tech, or both, at Bank’s
option. Bank may initiate and manage litigation brought in the name
of Bank or Tech, or both, to obtain refunds of amounts paid under this Section
6.5. Tech shall cooperate fully with Bank, at Bank’s expense, in
pursuing any refund claims, including any related litigation or administrative
procedures.
ARTICLE
7
SALES
AND MARKETING
7.1
Responsibilities
. The
Parties shall comply with the obligations set forth in Schedule E attached
hereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, including
the
foregoing
sentence, Bank shall only be responsible for those sales and marketing
activities relating to the PayMode Services as Bank deems prudent, in its sole
discretion.
7.2
PayMode
Marks
. Any use of the PayMode Marks by Bank shall be solely in
connection with Bank’s efforts to sell, market and provide the PayMode Services
to Bank’s Customers, and shall be in accordance with the usage guidelines
provided to Bank by Tech. Subject to the foregoing, Tech hereby
grants to Bank a non-exclusive, royalty-free, world-wide right and license to
use (and to sublicense the use of) the PayMode Marks in connection with Bank’s
sale, marketing, and provision of PayMode Services.
ARTICLE
8
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY
8.1
Ownership
.
(a)
Tech will
own exclusively the PayMode System, including the Application Software, related
Documentation, and any Enhancements, including the Upgraded Application
Software. Except for Bank’s Information (as defined below), Bank
hereby assigns to Tech all right, title and interest (including all Intellectual
Property) in any Enhancements that Bank may have arising out of its
participation in the development of Enhancements as anticipated
herein. Bank shall provide Tech, upon request and at Tech’s cost,
with all assistance reasonably required to register, perfect or enforce such
right, title and interest, including providing pertinent information and,
executing all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other
instruments that Tech shall deem necessary.
(b)
Bank will
own exclusively all Work Product and Tech hereby assigns to Bank all right,
title and interest (including all Intellectual Property) in the Work
Product. Work Product, to the extent permitted by law, shall be
deemed “works made for hire” (as that term is defined in the United States
Copyright Act). Tech shall provide Bank, upon request and at Bank’s
cost, with all assistance reasonably required to register, perfect or enforce
such right, title and interest, including providing pertinent information and,
executing all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other
instruments that Bank shall deem necessary.
8.2
Licenses
.
(a)
Subject
to the terms of this Services Agreement, Tech hereby grants to Bank: (i) a
worldwide, non-exclusive license to access and use the PayMode System, including
the Application Software, and any Enhancements thereto, including the Upgraded
Application Software, including all Intellectual Property in any of the
foregoing, for the benefit of Bank and Customers, consistent with the terms and
conditions of this Services Agreement during the Term; and (ii) a worldwide,
non-exclusive license to sublicense the access and use of the PayMode System,
including the Application Software, and any Enhancements thereto, including the
Upgraded Application Software, including all Intellectual Property in any of the
foregoing, to
Bank’s
Customers in connection with their use of the PayMode Services consistent with
the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement and any applicable Customer
Service Agreement during the Term. The foregoing licenses expressly
exclude any right of Bank to disclose, decompile, reverse engineer, or
disassemble the Application Software or any portion thereof.
(b)
Subject
to the terms of this Services Agreement, Bank hereby grants to Tech a worldwide,
non-exclusive, royalty-free license under all of Bank’s Intellectual Property in
any and all Work Product solely to provide the Services to Bank and Bank’s
Customers as anticipated herein and perform its other obligations under this
Services Agreement.
(c)
If,
during the Term as part of Bank’s collaboration with Tech, participation on the
[**], or otherwise in connection with this Services Agreement, Bank learns of
any features, functionality, software, Enhancements, ideas, processes, products,
inventions, methodologies, tools, technology, and information owned
in whole or in part by Tech (“
Tech Proprietary
Property
”) that Bank, in its discretion, desires to incorporate into
products or services of the Bank other than PayMode Processing Services, then,
upon provision of written notice by Bank, the Parties shall agree upon
reasonable terms that permit use of the desired Tech Proprietary Property by
Bank. Tech shall use Reasonable Best Efforts to retain sufficient
rights in Tech Proprietary Property to grant the license anticipated herein to
Bank.
8.3
Bank Information and Tech
Information
.
(a)
In
performing its obligations hereunder, the Bank may provide for Tech’s use
proprietary technology, information, works of authorship or products that were
not created specifically for Tech or for exclusive use with the PayMode System
and/or PayMode Services, including software, methodologies, tools,
specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, records, data and
documentation, as well as Intellectual Property (all of the foregoing,
collectively, “
Bank
Information
”). Bank Information will be the sole property of
Bank and is expressly excluded from the assignment made by Bank in Section
8.1(a) above. To the extent that Bank requires Tech to incorporate
Bank Information or any derivative work thereof into the PayMode System and/or
the PayMode Services as provided to Bank or generally to Tech’s customers, Bank
hereby grants to Tech a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free,
fully paid-up, transferable license, with the right to sublicense, to use, make,
reproduce, import, modify, create derivative works based on, store on its
servers, display, perform, promote, market, distribute, offer for sale and sell,
export, permit the online use of or other electronic use of such Bank
Information without identifying or seeking the consent of Bank, but only to the
extent Bank has the right to grant such license. The license granted
herein shall not apply to any Bank Information which Bank did not expressly
provide to Tech for its use hereunder.
(b)
As part
of Tech’s performance of its obligations hereunder, Tech may utilize proprietary
technology, information, works of authorship or products that were not created
specifically for Bank or in connection with Tech’s performance of this Services
Agreement,
including software, methodologies, tools, specifications, drawings, sketches,
models, samples, records, data and documentation, as well as Intellectual
Property, which have been originated, developed or purchased by Tech or by third
parties under contract to Tech (all of the foregoing, collectively, “
Tech
Information
”). Tech Information will be the sole property of
Tech and will be deemed not to be Work Product. To the extent Tech
incorporates Tech Information or any derivative work thereof into Work Product,
Tech hereby grants to Bank a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable,
royalty-free, fully paid-up, transferable license, with the right to sublicense,
to use, make, reproduce, import, modify, create derivative works based on, store
on its servers, display, perform, promote, market, distribute, offer for sale
and sell, export, permit the online use of or other electronic use of such Tech
Information (but not the PayMode System) without identifying or seeking the
consent of Tech.
8.4
No Implied
Licenses
. Except as expressly provided in this Services
Agreement, nothing in this Services Agreement shall give rise to any licenses
under any Intellectual Property of either Party, whether by implication or
otherwise.
8.5
Representation and
Warranty
. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that
it has all rights necessary to give full force and effect to the assignments and
licenses set forth in this Article 8.
ARTICLE
9
SOURCE
CODE
9.1
Escrow of Upgraded
Application Software
. Upon request by Bank, which shall not
occur earlier than a first release of Upgraded Application Software being used
in production, the Parties will enter into an escrow agreement with the Escrow
Agent substantially similar to the escrow agreement attached hereto as Schedule
F. Tech shall promptly thereafter provide to the Escrow Agent, the
following items (collectively referred to as the “
Deposit
Materials
”):
(a)
Source
Code on magnetic or optical/CD ROM media in the original programming code
language for, as applicable, (1) the Original Application Software, and (2)
Upgraded Application Software;
(b)
Descriptions
of the system/program generation;
(c)
Description
of proprietary software, system/programs required for use or support that Tech
does not possess, or for which Tech does not have rights sufficient to allow
transfer or sublicense;
(d)
Description
of menu and support programs and subroutine libraries;
(e)
Detailed
explanation of compilation and execution procedures in human and
machine-readable form (may be supplemented with video explanation);
(f)
Object
Code for, as applicable, the Original Application Software and the Upgraded
Application Software; and
(g)
The legal
names, EIN numbers, addresses, phone numbers, and email addresses of those
entities of the Vendor Network that are associated with Bank’s Customers, as
such information is originally supplied by Bank's Customers and thereafter
supplemented by Tech through the use of third party resources in order to
execute vendor enrollment (collectively, the “
Vendor
Information
”).
9.2
Original Application
Software
. Bank shall be entitled to retain a copy of the
Deposit Materials in the form they take on the Closing Date in the event that an
Escrow Release Condition occurs before Tech has provided Deposit Materials to
the Escrow Agent.
9.3
Updates and
Verification
. Tech will update the Deposit Materials at least
once per Quarter, except that Tech shall only be obligated to update the Vendor
Information portion of the Deposit Materials once per Contract
Year. Upon each delivery of the Deposit Materials to the Escrow
Agent, Bank shall have the right to have the Escrow Agent verify, at Bank’s
expense, the Deposit Materials for accuracy, completeness and sufficiency, and
to confirm that the Source Code compiles to the pertinent Object Code of the
Application Software using the procedures established by the Escrow Agent
(“
Verification
Services
”). Bank shall notify Tech of dates on which any such
Verification Services will be performed, and the results
thereof. Each Party may elect to observe the Verification Services at
its own expense.
9.4
Escrow
Costs
. Tech shall bear all costs associated with delivering
the Deposit Materials to the Escrow Agent and Bank shall pay all fees charged by
the Escrow Agent solely as such fees relate to the escrow of the Deposit
Materials in connection with this Services Agreement. Bank shall be
entitled to access and use the Deposit Materials pursuant to the escrow licenses
granted herein upon the occurrence of an Escrow Release
Condition. Until an Escrow Release Condition occurs, Bank shall not
be permitted to access or use the Source Code.
9.5
Escrow Release
Conditions
. Any of the following events shall be deemed an
“
Escrow Release
Condition
” for purposes of this Services Agreement: (a) Tech fails to
provide the PayMode Processing Services in all material respects for two (2)
consecutive days; (b) Tech causes Bank to be in material violation of
any law or regulation governing the financial services industry that affects or,
in Bank’s reasonable judgment, may affect the delivery or performance of the
PayMode Services; (c) in the event that Tech fails to provide the PayMode
Processing Services in all material respects for a period of time longer than
fourteen (14) days due to a force majeure event; and (d) all of the events
giving Bank a right to terminate this Services Agreement in accordance with
Section 15.2.
9.6
Escrow
Licenses
.
(a)
Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement, Tech hereby grants to
Bank, commencing upon an Escrow Release Condition, a non-exclusive,
non-transferrable, non-royalty bearing license to review and study the Deposit
Materials in order to plan for the provision and transition of the PayMode
Services through alternative means in the event that any applicable Escrow
Release Condition is not resolved as provided herein. The foregoing
license shall terminate upon either the effective date of the license granted in
Section 9.6(b) below or the satisfactory resolution
of the
relevant Escrow Release Condition within thirty (30) days after the occurrence
of such Escrow Release Condition.
(b)
In the
event that any Escrow Release Condition is not resolved to the satisfaction of
Bank within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such Escrow Release
Condition, or in the event that Bank terminates this Services Agreement pursuant
to Section 15.2, subject to the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement,
Tech hereby grants to Bank a non-exclusive, non-transferable, license
to:
1.
Copy,
install, operate, modify, improve, and create derivative works from the Deposit
Materials solely for purposes of improving and maintaining the Application
Software.
2.
Copy,
install, review, study, use, create derivative works from and operate the
Deposit Materials (and any derivative works thereof created by Bank pursuant to
this license) in a production environment at a data center operated by (or for
the benefit of) Bank solely for purposes of providing PayMode Services to Bank’s
customers.
(c)
The
license granted in subsection (b) shall automatically terminate four (4) years
after the date of the grant. Following such termination of the
license, at Bank’s option, the Parties shall mutually agree upon a new license
for Bank to use the Deposit Materials on reasonable terms and conditions,
including the payment of reasonable license fees.
ARTICLE
10
CONFIDENTIALITY
10.1
Information
Exchanges
. Subject to applicable law and good faith claims of
privilege, each Party shall provide the other Party with all information
regarding itself, the Customers, and the transactions under this Services
Agreement that the disclosing Party reasonably believes is required to comply
with all applicable laws in connection with the provision of Services pursuant
to this Services Agreement.
10.2
Confidential
Information
. The term “
Confidential
Information
” shall mean the terms of this Services Agreement, all
information exchanged pursuant to Section 10.1 and all other data, trade
secrets, business information and other information of any kind whatsoever that
a Party (“
Discloser
”)
discloses, in writing (including email or other electronic transfer), orally,
visually or in any other medium, to the other Party (“
Recipient
”) or to
which Recipient obtains access and that relates to Discloser or its
Representatives, customers, third party vendors or licensors. Bank’s
Confidential Information includes PayMode Data. For avoidance of
doubt, the Vendor Network, all User Documentation, and the Deposit Materials
shall be deemed the Confidential Information of Tech, provided, however, that
Bank’s obligations with respect to Tech’s Confidential Information shall not
apply to Bank’s treatment and/or use of the Deposit Materials to the extent such
obligations are inconsistent with the scope of the licenses granted in Section
9.6.
10.3
Exclusions
. Confidential
Information shall not include any information that (a) Recipient rightfully has
in its possession when disclosed to it, free of obligation to Discloser to
maintain its confidentiality; (b) Recipient independently develops without
access to Discloser’s Confidential Information; (c) is or becomes known to the
public other than by breach of this Article 10, or (d) is rightfully received by
Recipient from a third party without the obligation of
confidentiality. Any combination of Confidential Information
disclosed with information not so classified shall not be deemed to be within
one of the foregoing exclusions merely because individual portions of such
combination are free of any confidentiality obligation or are separately known
in the public domain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, possession by
Bank prior to the Closing Date of Vendor Network information, User
Documentation, and Deposit Materials shall not deprive such information of its
status after the Closing Date as Confidential Information of Tech under this
Services Agreement.
10.4
Restrictions on
Disclosure
. Each of the Parties, as Recipient, hereby agrees
that it will not, and will cause its Representatives, consultants, Affiliates,
permitted Subcontractors and independent contractors not to disclose
Confidential Information of the other Party during or after the Term of this
Services Agreement, other than on a “need to know” basis and then
only: (a) to its Affiliates, employees or officers; (b) to
its independent contractors at any level, its agents and consultants,
provided that all such persons are subject to a written confidentiality
agreement that shall be no less restrictive than the provisions of Article 10
and, if applicable, Article 11 hereof; (c) pursuant to an exception set forth in
15 U.S.C. 6802(e) and accompanying regulations, which disclosures are made in
the ordinary course of business; or (d) as required by law or as otherwise
expressly permitted by this Services Agreement. Recipient shall not
use or disclose Confidential Information of the other Party for any purpose
other than to carry out its obligations under this Services
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither
Party shall use the Confidential Information of the other to solicit business or
customers. Bank shall not use the Confidential Information of Tech to
develop or sell services that compete with the PayMode Processing Services.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tech may use aggregate data
based on PayMode Data that does not include any personally identifiable
information for marketing and advertising purposes.
10.5
Custody of Confidential
Information
. Recipient shall treat Confidential Information of
the other Party with no less care than it employs for its own Confidential
Information of a similar nature that it does not wish to disclose, publish or
disseminate, but not less than a reasonable level of care.
10.6
Return and Destruction of
Confidential Information
. Subject to Tech’s obligations under
Section 15.6, upon expiration or termination of this Services Agreement for any
reason or at the written request of a Party during the Term of this Services
Agreement, the other Party shall promptly return to the requesting Party or
destroy, at the requesting Party’s election, all Confidential Information of the
requesting Party in the possession of the other Party or its subcontractors,
subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Services
Agreement. In the event that Bank requests destruction of
Confidential Information, Tech shall destroy such Confidential Information in
accordance with the Information Destruction Requirements described within
Schedule G.
10.7
Disclosure Required by
Law
. Recipient may disclose Confidential Information as
required by law; provided however, to the extent legally permitted, Recipient
shall notify Discloser of any actual or threatened requirement of law to
disclose Confidential Information promptly upon receiving actual knowledge
thereof and shall cooperate with Discloser’s reasonable, lawful efforts to
resist, limit or delay such disclosure. Nothing in this Section 10.7
shall require any notice or other action by Bank in connection with requests or
demands for Confidential Information by bank examiners.
10.9
User
Documentation
. Bank shall require its Customers to maintain as
confidential any User Documentation that is distributed or disclosed to such
Customers for use in connection with the PayMode Services.
ARTICLE
11
PAYMODE
DATA SECURITY
11.1
Information
Security
. Tech acknowledges that Bank is required to comply
with the information security standards required by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
(15 U.S.C. 6801, 6805(b)(1)) and the regulations issued there under (12 C.F.R.
Part 40), the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act (15 U.S.C. 1681, 1681w)
and the regulations issued there under (12 C.F.R. Parts 30 and 41), the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (PL 104-191) and the
regulations issued thereunder, as amended from time to time, and with other
statutory, legal and regulatory requirements (collectively, “
Privacy
Laws
”). If applicable, Tech shall make reasonable best efforts
to assist Bank to so comply and Tech shall itself comply and conform with
applicable Privacy Laws, as amended from time to time, and with Bank policies
for information protection as modified by Bank from time to
time. Tech hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tech has no right to
access, receive, accept, transmit, store or otherwise use Bank’s Customer
Information under any circumstance whatsoever unless and until Bank has approved
the PayMode Security Program (as described below) and confirmed Tech’s
compliance therewith and with such other terms or conditions as Bank may
require. After granting such rights to Tech, Bank may suspend, revoke
or terminate such rights in its reasonable discretion upon written notice to
Tech. Upon receipt of such notice from Bank, Tech shall (i)
immediately stop accessing and/or accepting Customer Information and (ii)
promptly disable access to the
PayMode
Processing Services by any Customer identified by the
Bank. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tech shall not
be liable for any failure to provide Services or perform its other obligations
under this Services Agreement to the extent such failure is due to Bank’s
suspension, revocation or termination of Tech’s rights to use Bank Customer
Information under this Section 11.1, except if such suspension, revocation, or
revocation is due to a breach by Tech of its obligations in this Services
Agreement or other act or omission of Tech.
11.2
Business Associate
Addendum
. Tech hereby agrees to the terms of, and further
agrees to execute, the Business Associate Addendum attached hereto as Schedule H
(the “
BAA
”).
11.3
PayMode Security
Program
.
(a)
Bank
shall cooperate with Tech in the formulation of a PayMode Security Program that
complies with the requirements of subsection (b) below, including providing to
Tech information about the security program utilized by Bank prior to the
Closing Date. As soon as practically possible after the Closing Date,
Tech shall provide Bank with a proposed PayMode Security Program for review by
Bank and mutual agreement by the parties. Bank shall notify Tech of
any perceived deficiencies in the PayMode Security Program proffered by Tech and
Tech, with Bank’s cooperation, shall submit a revised PayMode Security Program
for review and approval by Bank. Tech shall obtain Bank’s approval of
the PayMode Security Program prior to System Day One. On or prior to
System Day One, Tech shall implement the approved PayMode Security Program and
shall maintain the PayMode Security Program throughout the Term. Tech
shall not materially deviate from the PayMode Security Program in meeting its
obligations under this Services Agreement without Bank’s prior written
approval. After the Closing Date and prior to receipt of Bank’s
written approval of the PayMode Security Program Tech shall use the same
security program utilized by Bank on the Closing Date.
(b)
At a
minimum, the PayMode Security Program shall include:
(i)
Descriptions
of systems or procedures designed to ensure the security, integrity and
confidentiality of PayMode Data;
(ii)
Descriptions
of systems or procedures designed to protect against any anticipated threats or
hazards to the security or integrity of PayMode Data;
(iii)
Descriptions
of systems or procedures designed to protect against unauthorized access to or
use of PayMode Data that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to
the person or entity that is the subject of such PayMode Data;
(iv)
Descriptions
of systems or procedures designed to ensure the proper destruction of PayMode
Data;
(v)
Descriptions
of governance and risk assessment processes to maintain controls over PayMode
Data;
(vi)
A
security awareness program that communicates security policies to all Tech
Representatives having access to PayMode Data;
(vii)
Network
diagrams depicting Tech perimeter controls and security policies and processes
relevant to the protection of PayMode Data. Examples of these
policies include access control, physical security, patch management, password
standards, encryption standards, and change control;
(viii)
Procedures
for notifying Bank of changes that may impact the security of PayMode
Data. Such changes requiring notification include outsourcing of
computer networking, data storage, management and processing or other
information technology functions or facilities and the implementation of
external Web-enabled (Internet) access to PayMode Data; and
(ix)
Use of
strong, industry-standard encryption of PayMode Data transmitted over public
networks (e.g., Internet, non-dedicated leased lines) and backup tapes residing
at off-site storage facilities.
11.4
Modifications Requested by
Bank
. As reasonably requested by Bank and/or as necessitated
by a change in the PayMode Security Requirements, Tech shall modify the PayMode
Security Program and promptly implement the modifications. If such
modifications are made at Bank’s request and Tech does not anticipate
incorporating the modifications into its provision of services for other of its
customers, Bank shall pay for such modifications and they shall be subject to
the terms of Article 3.
11.5
Additional Participation
with Bank
. Upon request by Bank, Tech will: (a) participate in
Bank’s assessment process including the completion of online or on-site
assessment(s), as appropriate, and remediation of any findings; and (b)
participate in periodic discussions between Bank personnel and Tech Information
Technology security personnel to review Tech’s security controls and compliance
with the PayMode Security Requirements.
11.6
Subcontractors
. Tech
shall require any Subcontractors who have access to PayMode Data to implement
and administer an information protection program and plan that complies with
PayMode Security Requirements. Tech shall include or shall cause to
be included in written agreements with such Subcontractors or other persons or
entities substantially the terms of this Article and the provisions of Schedules
F and G.
11.7
Bank
Network
. Bank reserves the right to monitor Tech-maintained
platforms that reside on the Bank network. Tech may be required, at
the expense of Bank, to assist with installation, support and problem resolution
of Bank-owned equipment or processes, or to provide an information feed from
such Tech-maintained platform to the Bank monitoring processes.
11.8
Injunctive
Relief
. In view of the potential for irreparable harm in the
event of a breach of the Articles of this Services Agreement entitled
“Confidentiality” and “PayMode Data Security”, and without limitation of any
other remedies available to it, a Party shall have the right
to obtain
injunctive relief, without the necessity of posting bond, in the event of a
breach of such Sections by the other Party.
ARTICLE
12
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
12.1
Mutual Representation and
Warranties
. Each Party represents and warrants the following:
(a) it is in good standing in the state of its incorporation and is qualified to
do business in each of the states in which it has operations, (b) it has
secured, or shall secure, all permits, licenses, regulatory approvals, and
registrations required to perform its obligations pursuant to this Services
Agreement; (c) it shall perform all obligations pursuant to this Services
Agreement, and shall ensure that its Representatives and Subcontractors shall
perform all obligations pursuant to this Services Agreement in compliance with
all laws, rules, regulations and other legal requirements, including, but not
limited to, Privacy Laws; (d) this Services Agreement is the valid and binding
obligation of the representing Party, enforceable against such Party in
accordance with its terms; (e) such Party is not subject to any pending or
threatened litigation or governmental action which could interfere with such
Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder; and (f) its execution,
delivery and performance of this Services Agreement (i) have been authorized by
all necessary corporate action, (ii) do not violate the terms of any law,
regulation, or court order to which such Party is subject or the terms of any
material agreement to which the Party or any of its assets may be subject, (iii)
will not result in the breach of any other agreement or obligation, and (iv)
except as set forth on Schedule I, are not subject to the consent or approval of
any third party.
12.2
Viruses
Warranty
. Tech represents and warrants that the PayMode
Services and the Application Software do not contain, and that Tech will not
introduce into any computer or electronic data storage system used by Bank, any
disabling device, virus, worm, back door, Trojan horse or other disruptive or
malicious code that may or are intended to impair their intended performance or
otherwise permit unauthorized access to, hamper, delete or damage any computer
system, software, network or data. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
foregoing does not include any representation or warranty as to the presence or
absence of Harmful Code in the Original Application Software in the form
provided by Bank to Tech pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
12.3
Open
Source
. Tech represents and warrants that it will
not:
(a)
incorporate
or otherwise combine with any Work Product any Open Source Materials that
require, as a condition of use of such Open Source Materials, that other
software or data incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open
Source Materials be (x) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (y)
licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (z) redistributable at
no charge or minimal charge.
(b)
incorporate
or otherwise combine with any Application Software any Open Source Materials
that require, as a condition of use of such Open Source Materials, that other
data incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source
Materials
be (x) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (y) licensed for the
purpose of making derivative works, or (z) redistributable at no charge or
minimal charge.
12.4
Service
Quality
. Tech represents and warrants that the Services shall
be (i) provided in a high quality manner and on a timely basis by employees with
the proper skill, training and background necessary to accomplish his or her
assigned tasks, and (ii) rendered by competent individuals who possess the
skills necessary to perform the Services with the degree of skill and care that
is required by current good and sound procedures and practices in accordance
with industry standards.
12.5
Software and Service Level
Warranty
. Tech represents and warrants to Bank that the
Application Software will be Operative for the Term of this Services
Agreement. Tech further warrants that, following the Closing Date,
the PayMode Services shall conform to or exceed, in all material respects, the
Service Levels.
12.6
Intellectual Property
Warranty
. Tech represents and warrants to Bank that the
provision and use of the PayMode Services and the PayMode System, including any
Upgraded Application Software and Work Product furnished under this Services
Agreement, and including Documentation, do not and shall not infringe,
misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any third
party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tech does not make any
representation or warranty that the use of the Original Application Software by
the Bank or any Customer in the same manner used by Bank or any Customer
immediately prior to the Closing Date does not infringe, misappropriate or
otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any third party.
12.7
BAA
Compliance
. Tech represents and warrants that it shall comply
with the terms of the BAA during the Term of this Services
Agreement.
12.8
Privacy and Security
Warranty
. Tech represents and warrants to Bank that the
Services shall be provided and that Tech shall otherwise be in compliance with
the PayMode Security Program.
12.9
Customer Service Agreement
Warranty
. Bank represents and warrants that it has entered
into a Customer Service Agreement with each Customer listed on
Schedule 7.3(a)
to
the Acquisition Agreement and that it will use reasonable efforts to enter into
a Customer Service Agreement with each Customer acquired after the Closing
Date.
ARTICLE
13
INDEMNIFICATION
13.1
General
. Each
Party (the “
Indemnifying Party
”)
shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other Party and its
Representatives, successors, permitted assigns and customers from and against
any and all claims or legal actions of whatever kind or nature that are made or
threatened by any third party and all related losses, expenses, damages, costs
and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in
investigation, defense or settlement (“
Damages
”), which
arise out of, are alleged to arise out of, or relate to (a) any negligent act or
omission or willful misconduct by the Indemnifying Party, its Representatives or
any
subcontractor engaged by the Indemnifying Party in the performance of the
Indemnifying Party’s obligations under this Services Agreement, or (b) any
breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of the Indemnifying
Party contained in this Services Agreement.
13.2
Tech IP
Indemnity
. Tech shall defend or settle at its expense any
threat, claim, suit or proceeding against Bank, its Affiliates, Customers, and
each of their Representatives alleging infringement, misappropriation or other
violation of any Intellectual Property or any other rights arising from or
relating to the PayMode System, any Enhancement, Upgraded Application Software,
Customizations, Work Product or Services (“
Action
”). Tech
shall indemnify and hold Bank, its Affiliates, Customers and each of their
Representatives harmless from and against and pay any Damages, including
royalties and license fees attributable to, such Action.
13.3
Additional
Remedy
. If any Enhancement, Application Software, Work Product
or Service furnished under this Services Agreement, including
software, system design, equipment or Documentation, becomes, or in
Bank’s or Tech’s reasonable opinion is likely to become, the subject of any
claim, suit, or proceeding arising from or alleging facts that if true would
constitute infringement, misappropriation or other violation of, or in the event
of any adjudication that any Enhancement, Application Software, Work Product or
Service infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual
Property or any other rights of a third party, Tech, at its own expense, shall
take the following actions in the listed order of preference: (a)
secure for Bank the right to continue using the Enhancement, Upgraded
Application Software, Work Product or Service; or (b) if commercially reasonable
efforts are unavailing, replace or modify the Enhancement, Application Software,
other Work Product or Service to make it non-infringing; provided, however, that
such modification or replacement shall not degrade the operation or performance
of the Enhancement, Application Software, Work Product or Service.
13.4
Exclusions
. The
indemnity in Section 13.2 shall not extend to any claim of infringement
resulting solely from: (a) modification of the Application Software or any Work
Product by Bank; or (b) the use of the Original Application Software by Bank or
any Customer in the same manner as used by Bank or any Customer immediately
prior to the Closing Date.
13.5
Indemnification
Procedure
. If notified promptly in writing of any Action
brought against any indemnitee based on a claim for which the indemnitee is
entitled to indemnification under this Article 13, the Indemnifying Party shall
defend such action at its expense and pay all costs (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees) and damages finally awarded in such Action or settlement which
are attributable to such claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have
control of the defense of any such Action and all negotiations for its
settlement or compromise, provided that the Indemnifying Party shall use counsel
reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party may
only enter into a settlement or compromise of such Action with the prior written
approval of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall
reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of such claim,
and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, may participate in the
defense of any claim, as it determines in its sole discretion, and be
represented, at the Indemnified Party’s expense, by counsel of the Indemnified
Party’s selection.
13.6
Cooperation in
Litigation
. From and after the Closing Date, each Party shall
fully cooperate with the other in the defense of any litigation or proceeding
which is instituted against such other Party relating to or arising out of
Tech’s provision of the Services to Bank. The Party requesting such
cooperation shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
providing such cooperation (including legal fees and disbursements) by the Party
providing such cooperation and by its officers, directors, employees and agents,
but shall not be responsible for reimbursing such Party or its officers,
directors, employees and agents, for their time spent in such
cooperation.
ARTICLE
14
LIMITATIONS
OF LIABILITY; DISCLAIMER
14.1
Consequential
Damages
. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.3 HEREOF, NEITHER
PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY ALLEGED TO BE LIABLE HAS KNOWLEDGE OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
14.2
General
Limits
. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.3 HEREOF, A PARTY’S
LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO
THE AMOUNT OF $[**] (LESS ANY AMOUNTS PREVIOUSLY PAID BY THE LIABLE PARTY TO THE
OTHER PARTY AS COMPENSATION FOR DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SERVICES
AGREEMENT). NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTS OR
OMISSIONS OF THE OTHER PARTY, OR THE OTHER PARTY’S OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS
(INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE AMOUNT, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS OR AUTHORIZATION OF
ANY INSTRUCTIONS OR INFORMATION FROM THE OTHER PARTY).
14.3
Exceptions
. NOTWITHSTANDING
SECTIONS 14.1 AND 14.2, THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE SHALL NOT
APPLY TO OR IN ANY WAY LIMIT THE OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES OF A PARTY UNDER THE
ARTICLES OF THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT ENTITLED “INDEMNIFICATION,”
“CONFIDENTIALITY” AND “PAYMODE DATA SECURITY,” OR THE LIABILITY OF A PARTY FOR
ITS GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
14.4
DISCLAIMER OF
WARRANTIES
. THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SERVICES
AGREEMENT, ANY SCHEDULES, ADDENDA OR STATEMENTS OF WORK HEREUNDER ARE THE SOLE
WARRANTIES PROVIDED BY THE PARTIES HEREUNDER. EXCEPT AS MAY BE SET
FORTH IN THE ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS, THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT, THE INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY LICENSE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSITION AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM, TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL OTHER
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY (A) OF
MERCHANTABILITY, (B) OF FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, (C) OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR (D) ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE,
COURSE OF DEALING, OR USAGE OF TRADE. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH ELSEWHERE
IN THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT, TECH DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE APPLICATION SOFTWARE
WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE.
ARTICLE
15
TERM
AND TERMINATION
15.1
Term
. Unless
earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Article 15, the
term of this Services Agreement shall be in effect for an initial term of five
(5) years commencing on the Closing Date (the “
Initial
Term
”). Upon expiration of the Initial Term, this Services
Agreement shall automatically renew for successive three (3) year periods (each,
a “
Renewal
Term
”) unless either Party provides the other with written notice of
non-renewal at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the expiration
of the Initial Term or the then-current Renewal Term. Collectively,
the Initial Term and all Renewal Terms shall be referred to as the “
Term
.”
15.2
Termination
Events
.
In addition to
any other remedies available, upon the occurrence of a Termination Event (as
defined below) with respect to either Party, the other Party may immediately
terminate this Services Agreement or a Statement of Work entered pursuant to
this Services Agreement by providing written notice of termination. A
Termination Event shall have occurred if: (a) the other Party
materially breaches its obligations (or breaches a series of obligations any one
of which is not material, but when taken collectively are material) under this
Services Agreement, and the breach is not Cured within forty-five (45) calendar
days after written notice of the breach and intent to terminate is provided by
the other Party; (b) the other Party becomes insolvent (generally unable to pay
its debts as they become due) or the subject of a bankruptcy, conservatorship,
receivership or similar proceeding, or makes a general assignment for the
benefit of its creditors; (c) Tech: (i) merges with another entity where Tech is
not the surviving entity, without the prior written consent of Bank, (ii) is
subject to a transaction or series of related transactions wherein a third party
acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of its voting securities on a fully
diluted basis without Bank’s prior written consent, or (iii) transfers all, or
substantially all, of its assets relating to the PayMode Services without Bank’s
prior written consent; (d) in providing Services hereunder, Tech materially
violates any law or regulation governing the financial services industry or any
Privacy Laws, or causes Bank to be in material violation of any law or
regulation governing the financial services industry, which breach, if capable
of Cure, is not Cured within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notice of
the breach and intent to terminate is provided by Bank; (e) Bank has the right
to terminate under the Section entitled “Acceptance of Priority Enhancements;”
(f) Tech materially breaches the Service Levels; or (g) a Party attempts to
assign this Services Agreement in breach of the Section entitled “Succession and
Assignment”. In order to be effective, any notice of termination
under this Section 15.2 must be provided within eighty-five (85) calendar days
after the Party providing such notice knows or reasonably should know of a
Termination Event.
15.3
Termination for
Convenience
. Bank may terminate this Services Agreement for
its convenience, without cause, at any time following expiration of the first
Contract Year upon
at least
ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tech, and Bank thereupon shall have no
further obligations under this Services Agreement except as described in
Section 15.5.
15.4
Effect of Termination or
Expiration
. Subject to Section 15.6 below, upon termination or
expiration of this Services Agreement for any reason, all rights and obligations
of the Parties under this Services Agreement shall cease and be of no further
force or effect, except that the Sections of this Services Agreement entitled
“First-Mover Advantage”, “Fees, Invoicing and Payments”, “Intellectual
Property”, “Confidentiality”, “PayMode Data Security”, “Indemnification”,
“Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer”, “Term and Termination”, “Arbitration” and
“Governing Law” shall survive. In addition, Bank’s obligations to pay
all fees that accrued and were attributable to the period prior to the effective
date of termination or expiration, less any applicable [**], shall survive any
termination or expiration of this Services Agreement.
15.5
Termination
Fee
.
(a)
If Bank
terminates this Services Agreement pursuant to Section 15.3 during the Initial
Term, provided that Bank provides notice of termination at least one hundred and
eighty (180) days before the expiration of the Initial Term, Bank shall be
obligated to pay to Tech an early termination fee equal to the lesser of $[**]
payable hereunder for the time period remaining in the Initial Term following
the date of termination of this Services Agreement. If Bank
terminates this Services Agreement pursuant to Section 15.3 during any Renewal
Term, provided that Bank provides notice of termination at least one hundred and
eighty (180) days before the expiration of the Renewal Term, Bank shall be
obligated to pay to Tech an early termination fee equal to the lesser of $[**]
payable hereunder for the time period remaining in the Renewal Term following
the date of termination of this Services Agreement. If Bank provides
notice of termination pursuant to Section 15.3 less than one hundred and eighty
(180) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, then
Bank shall pay an early termination fee equal to $[**] payable hereunder for the
time period remaining in the then-current Initial Term or Renewal Term following
the date of termination of this Services Agreement.
(b)
The
amounts set forth in Section 15.5(a) shall be reduced by any [**] outstanding at
the date of termination of this Services Agreement and any and all payments made
to Tech for Transition Services.
(c)
Any early
termination fee payable by Bank hereunder shall be due within thirty (30) days
following the date of termination of this Services Agreement, except that in the
event Bank requests Transition Services pursuant to Section 15.6 below, the
early termination fee shall be due within thirty (30) days following the date of
termination of such Transition Services.
15.6
Transition
Services
. Upon termination or expiration of this Services
Agreement for any reason, and upon the request of Bank, Tech will continue
uninterrupted provision of PayMode Services and will reasonably cooperate with
Bank in the transition from use of the PayMode Services to other services
provided by Bank and/or a third party (“
Transition
Services
”). Bank shall provide Tech with written notice of its
need for Transition Services as
soon as
reasonably possible. The fees associated with such Transition
Services shall be in accordance with the fees for PayMode Services in effect at
the expiration or termination of this Services Agreement. In Bank’s
sole discretion, such continued rendering of Services and any other required
transition assistance shall extend up to the second anniversary of the date of
termination, provided that in the event Bank intends to terminate the Transition
Services prior to the second anniversary of the date of termination, Bank shall
provide Tech with written notice of such termination at least ninety (90) days
in advance. At Bank’s request following termination or expiration of
this Services Agreement, Tech shall promptly provide Bank with all requested
PayMode Data in a form acceptable to Bank (including in an electronic file
format acceptable to Bank).
ARTICLE
16
TECH
PERSONNEL
16.1
Bank Benefit
Plans
. Tech’s personnel are not eligible to participate in any
of the employee benefit or similar programs of Bank. Tech shall
inform all of its personnel providing services pursuant to this Services
Agreement that they will not be considered employees of Bank for any purpose,
and that Bank shall not be liable to any of them as an employer for any claims
or causes of action arising out of or relating to their assignment.
16.2
Replacement of Tech
Resources
.
Upon the request
of Bank, Tech shall promptly remove any of Tech’s Representatives or
Subcontractors performing Services under this Services Agreement that interact
with Bank’s Customers or have entered or have reason to enter facilities
controlled by Bank, and Tech shall replace such Representative or Subcontractor
as soon as practicable. Upon the request of Bank, Tech shall
promptly, and after consultation with Bank, address any concerns or issues
raised by Bank regarding any of Tech’s Representatives or Subcontractors
performing Services under this Services Agreement, which may include, as
appropriate, replacing such Representative or Subcontractor.
16.3
Subcontractors
. The
engagement of a Subcontractor by Tech shall be subject to Bank’s prior written
consent, and shall not relieve Tech of any of its obligations under this
Services Agreement. Tech shall be responsible for the performance or
nonperformance of its Subcontractors as if such performance or nonperformance
were that of Tech. Tech shall require all Subcontractors, as a
condition to their engagement, to agree to be bound by provisions substantially
the same as those included in this Services Agreement, particularly the Sections
entitled “Tech Personnel,” “Insurance,” “Confidentiality,” “PayMode Data
Security,” “Audit” and “Business Continuity,” and to comply with the
terms of the BAA.
16.4
Conduct
. Tech
shall comply and shall cause its Representatives to comply with all personnel,
facility, safety and security policies, rules and regulations and other
instructions of Bank, when performing work at a Bank facility or accessing any
Bank systems and shall conduct its work at Bank facilities or on Bank systems in
such a manner as to avoid endangering the safety, or interfering with the
convenience of, Bank Representatives or customers. Tech understands
that Bank operates under various laws and regulations that are unique to the
security-sensitive banking industry. As such, persons engaged by Tech
to provide PayMode Services are held to a higher standard of conduct and
scrutiny than in other industries or business
enterprises. Tech
agrees that its Representatives providing PayMode Services shall possess
appropriate character, disposition and honesty. Tech shall, to the
extent permitted by law, exercise reasonable and prudent efforts to comply with
the security provisions of this Services Agreement.
16.5
Hiring and Background
Checks
. Tech further represents that, through its hiring
policies and procedures including background checks, it endeavors to hire the
best candidates with appropriate character, disposition, and honesty; provided,
however, Tech shall have no obligation to perform background checks on any
former Bank employees that were transferred to, and hired by, Tech in connection
with the Acquisition Agreement. Subject to applicable law, the
background checks utilized by Tech shall include at least a check for criminal
convictions and the other requirements of Schedule J. Tech shall not knowingly
permit a Representative to have access to Bank Confidential Information or
premises when such Representative: (a) has been convicted of a crime or has
agreed to or entered into a pretrial diversion or similar program in connection
with: (i) a dishonest act or a breach of trust, as set forth in Section 19 of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1829(a); or (ii) a felony; or (b)
uses illegal drugs.
16.6
Notification
. Bank
shall notify Tech of any act of dishonesty or breach of trust committed against
Bank, which may involve a Tech Representative or Subcontractor of which Bank
becomes aware, and Tech shall notify Bank if it becomes aware of any such
offense. Following such notice, at the request of Bank and to the
extent permitted by law, Tech shall cooperate with investigations conducted by
or on behalf of Bank.
ARTICLE
17
INSURANCE
17.1
General
. Tech
shall at its own expense secure and continuously maintain, and Tech shall
require its Subcontractors to secure and continuously maintain, throughout the
Term, the following insurance with companies qualified to do business in the
jurisdiction in which the applicable PayMode Services will be performed and
rated A-VII or better in the current
Best’s Insurance Reports
published by A. M. Best. Tech shall, within thirty (30) days after
the Closing Date and prior to commencing work, furnish to Bank certificates
evidencing the insurance described in (c), (d), and (e) and indicating that the
issuer of the certificate will endeavor to notify such Bank at least ten (10)
days in advance of any cancellation of the described policies prior to the
expiration date. Bank shall also be named as an additional insured by
endorsement to the policies described in (c), (d) and (e) below for the purpose
of protecting Bank from any expense or liability arising out of, alleged to
arise out of, related to, or connected with the PayMode Services.
(a)
Worker’s
Compensation Insurance which shall fully comply with the statutory requirements
of all applicable state and federal laws.
(b)
Employers’
Liability Insurance which limit shall be $[**] per accident for Bodily Injury
and $[**] per employee/aggregate for disease.
(c)
Commercial
General Liability Insurance with a minimum combined single limit of liability of
$[**] per occurrence and $[**] aggregate for bodily injury, death, property
damage and personal injury, and specifically covering infringement of
Intellectual Property. This policy shall include products/completed
operations coverage and shall also include contractual liability
coverage.
(d)
Business
Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles
and equipment used by such Party with a minimum combined single limit of
liability of $[**] for injury or death or property damage.
(e)
Excess
coverage with respect to (b), (c) and (d) above with a per occurrence limit of
$[**]. The limits of liability required in (b), (c) and (d) above may be
satisfied by a combination of those policies with an Umbrella/Excess Liability
policy.
(f)
Errors
and Omissions Insurance with a minimum limit of $[**].
(g)
E-commerce
Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $[**] per occurrence and annual
aggregate during the first and second Contract Years, and with a minimum limit
of $[**] per occurrence and annual aggregate thereafter. This shall
include, but is not limited to, coverage for:
(i)
Infringement
of copyright, title, slogan, trademark, trade name, trade dress, service mark,
or service name;
(ii)
Plagiarism,
misappropriation of trade secrets, or unauthorized use of titles, formats,
performances or artists or other performers, style, characters, plots, or
material;
(iii)
Libel,
trade libel, slander, disparagement of a person, organization or product or
other forms of defamation;
(iv)
Unauthorized
disclosure of information, which results in an invasion of privacy or other
invasion, infringement, or interference with the right of privacy or publicity,
whether under common or statutory law;
(v)
Unfair
competition involving the misuse of material, including trademark dilution,
deceptive trade practices, passing-off, and violations of Section 43(a) of the
Lanham Act or similar statutes;
(vi)
Breach of
contract limited to only those, which are implied in fact or in law, resulting
from the alleged misuse of material;
(vii)
False
advertising or misrepresentation in advertising;
(viii)
Any
actual or alleged breach of duty, neglect, error, act, mistake, omission, or
failure arising out of Tech's internet and network activities which results in
any of the following:
·
|
An
attack that has the intent to affect, alter, copy, corrupt, destroy,
disrupt, damage, or provide unauthorized access or unauthorized use of
Tech’s or Bank’s computer systems;
|
·
|
Computer
crime or information theft;
|
·
|
Introduction,
implantation, or spread of Harmful
Code;
|
·
|
Unauthorized
access or use, including the gaining of access to Tech’s or Bank’s
computer system by an unauthorized person or persons or an authorized
person in an unauthorized manner;
and
|
(ix)
Any
actual or alleged breach of duty, neglect, error, act, mistake, omission Any
actual or alleged infringement of copyright by Tech or a person or entity for
whom Tech is legally responsible relating to software code, user interfaces, or
any associated documentation in connection with Tech’s internet and network
activities.
(h)
Tech
shall be responsible for loss to Bank property and Customer property, directly
or indirectly, and shall maintain Fidelity Bond or Crime coverage for the
dishonest acts of its employees in a minimum amount of $[**]. Tech
shall endorse such policy to include a “Client Coverage” or “Joint Payee
Coverage” endorsement.
17.2
Insurance
Certificates
. The failure of Tech to obtain certificates,
endorsements, or other forms of insurance evidence (or the failure of Tech to
obtain such evidence from its Subcontractors) is not a waiver by Tech of any
requirements for Tech and its Subcontractors to secure and continuously maintain
the specified coverages. Tech shall notify and shall advise its
Subcontractors to notify insurers of the coverages required hereunder. Bank’s
acceptance of certificates or endorsements that in any respect do not comply
with the requirements of this Section 17.2 does not release Tech from compliance
herewith. Should Tech or its Subcontractors fail to secure and
continuously maintain the insurance coverage required under this Services
Agreement, Tech shall itself be responsible to Bank for all the benefits and
protections that would have been provided by such coverage, including the
defense and indemnification protections.
ARTICLE
18
ARBITRATION
18.1
Binding
Arbitration
. Any controversy or claim arising under this
Services Agreement, other than those specifically excluded, between or among the
Parties not otherwise resolved, shall be finally resolved by binding
arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted by three (3)
independent arbitrators, each of whom shall be an attorney or retired judge
practicing in the areas of banking or information technology law. The
arbitration shall be held in New York, New York in accordance with the United
States Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), notwithstanding any choice of law
provision in this Services Agreement, and under the auspices of the AAA and the
Commercial Rules.
18.2
Procedure
. Consistent
with the expedited nature of arbitration, each Party will, upon the written
request of the other Party, promptly provide the other with copies of documents
relevant to the issues raised by any claim or counterclaim on which the
producing Party may rely in support of or in opposition to any claim or
defense. Within thirty (30) days after the designation of the
arbitrator, the arbitrator and the Parties shall meet, at which time the Parties
shall be required to set forth in writing all disputed issues and a proposed
ruling on the merits of each such issue. At the request of a Party,
the arbitrator shall have the discretion to order examination by deposition of
witnesses to the extent the arbitrator deems such additional discovery relevant
and appropriate. Depositions shall be limited to a maximum of three
(3) per Party and shall be held within thirty (30) days of the making of a
request. Additional depositions may be scheduled only with the
permission of the arbitrator, and for good cause shown. Each
deposition shall be limited to a maximum of three (3) hours
duration. All objections are reserved for the arbitration hearing
except for objections based on privilege and proprietary or confidential
information. Any dispute regarding discovery, or the relevance or
scope thereof, shall be determined by the arbitrator, which determination shall
be conclusive. All discovery shall be completed within sixty (60)
days following the appointment of the arbitrator.
18.3
Decisions
. The
arbitrator shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any claim,
and any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitratable shall be
determined by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall follow the law in reaching a
reasoned decision and shall deliver a written opinion setting forth findings of
fact, conclusions of law and the rationale for the decision. The
arbitrator shall reconsider the decision once upon the motion and at the expense
of a Party. The Article of this Services Agreement entitled
“Confidentiality” shall apply to the arbitration proceeding, all evidence taken,
and the arbitrator’s opinion, which shall be Confidential Information of both
Parties. Judgment upon the decision rendered by the arbitrator may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction.
18.4
Other
Remedies
. No provision of this Article 18 shall limit the
right of a Party to obtain provisional or ancillary equitable remedies from a
court of competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any
arbitration. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of
either Party to resort to arbitration. The institution and
maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or
ancillary equitable remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of either
Party to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if the other Party
contests such action for judicial relief.
ARTICLE
19
AUDIT
19.1
Maintenance of
Records
. Tech shall maintain at no additional cost to Bank, in
a reasonably accessible location, all records pertaining to the Services for a
period of seven (7) years or as required by law, if longer. Such
records may be inspected, audited and copied by Bank, its Representatives or by
federal or state agencies having jurisdiction over Bank, during normal business
hours and at such reasonable times as Bank and Tech may
determine. Records available for review shall exclude: (a) any
information pertaining to Tech’s other customers that is deemed proprietary and
confidential; and (b) Tech confidential and proprietary information not
associated with Tech’s performance of the Services. Tech shall give
prior notice to Bank of requests by federal or state authorities to examine Bank
records held by Tech. At Bank’s written request, Tech shall use
reasonable best efforts to cooperate with Bank in seeking a protective order
with respect to such records.
19.2
[**]. No
later than [**] after System Day One, and [**] thereafter, Tech shall, at its
sole cost and expense, engage a [**] to audit Tech’s controls related to
performance of the Services [**]. Each report will cover a minimum
six (6) calendar month period. Tech shall provide a copy of the
report to Bank upon request. [**].
19.3
Bank Confidential
Audits
. Commencing on the Closing Date, during regular
business hours but no more frequently than once a year, Bank may, at its sole
expense, audit, test, and inspect Tech’s compliance with the PayMode Security
Requirements in the provision of the PayMode Services and the handling of
PayMode Data. Such audits shall be conducted on a mutually agreed upon date
which shall be no more than ten (10) Business Days after Bank’s written notice
of time, location and duration, subject to reasonable postponement by Tech, upon
Tech’s reasonable request, provided, however, that no such postponement shall
exceed twenty (20) Business Days. Bank shall provide Tech a summary
of the findings from each report prepared in connection with any such
audit. In the event Tech’s failure to comply is not an event of
termination hereunder, or Bank otherwise chooses to not terminate, Bank and Tech
will discuss the findings and agree to an appropriate remediation
plan. Bank shall be entitled to perform up to two (2) additional such
audits in that year in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section
19.3 for purposes of verifying remediation.
19.4
Regulators
. Tech
will allow Bank’s federal and state governmental regulators (at a minimum, to
the extent required by law), at Bank’s expense, to inspect records held by Tech
and t the procedures and facilities of Tech. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C.
1867(c), the performance of such services will be subject to regulation and
examination by the appropriate federal banking agency to the same extent as if
the services were being performed by Bank itself. Tech acknowledges
that regulatory agencies may have authority to audit Tech’s performance at any
time during normal business hours and that such audits may include both methods
and results under this Services Agreement.
19.5
Other
Audits
. In addition to the requirements under this Article 19,
and upon Bank’s request, but only during the Term of this Services Agreement,
Tech shall deliver to Bank, within thirty (30) days after its receipt by its
board of directors or senior management, a copy of
any final
report or audit of Tech by any third-party auditors retained by Tech, including
any management letter such auditors submit, and on any other audit or inspection
upon which Bank and Tech may mutually agree, provided that such report relates
to the Services provided to Bank hereunder.
ARTICLE
20
NON-DISCRIMINATION
AND DIVERSITY
20.1
Equal Opportunity
Employers
. Bank and Tech represent that they are equal
opportunity employers and do not discriminate in employment of persons or
awarding of subcontracts because of a person’s race, sex, age, religion,
national origin, veteran or handicap status. Tech is aware of and
fully informed of Tech’s responsibilities and agrees to the provisions under the
following: (a) Executive Order 11246, as amended or superseded in
whole or in part, and as contained in Section 202 of said Executive Order as
found at 41 C.F.R. § 60-1.4(a)(1-7); (b) Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973 as contained in 41 C.F.R. § 60-741.4; and (c) The Vietnam Era Veterans’
Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 as contained in 41 C.F.R. §
60-250.4.
20.2
General
.
Tech recognizes
the Bank’s Supplier Diversity efforts supporting minority, woman and disabled
owned business enterprises and its commitment to the participation of minority,
woman and disabled owned business enterprises in its construction, procurement
and professional services programs.
20.3
Representation by
Tech
. Tech represents it is not a Minority-, Woman-, Disabled-
or Disabled Veteran-Owned Business Enterprise. Tech’s expectations,
goal(s) and commitment(s) with respect to Bank’s Supplier Diversity effort are
as follows:
(a)
During
the Term of this Services Agreement, at no additional charge to Bank and
consistent with the efficient performance of this Services Agreement, Tech
shall, regardless of Tech’s representation set forth in this Section, use
reasonable best efforts to use Minority-Owned Business Enterprise(s),
Woman-Owned Business Enterprise(s) and Disabled-Owned Business Enterprise(s), as
suppliers or Subcontractors to Tech when practical and cost
effective.
(b)
Tech
shall provide Bank upon request with a report which specifies the total amounts
invoiced by and paid to Minority-, Woman- and Disabled-Owned Business
Enterprises for the quarter being reported. The report shall be in
the format outlined in the Bank Primary Supplier Subcontracting Reporting
Procedures provided to Tech by Bank’s Global Operations & Supplier
Relationship Development group.
ARTICLE
21
ENVIRONMENTAL
INITIATIVE
Tech
acknowledges that Bank encourages each supplier with which it enters into an
agreement for the provision of goods or services to use, consistent with the
efficient performance of such agreements, recycled paper goods and other
environmentally preferable products, and to
implement
and adhere to other environmentally beneficial policies and
practices. Tech represents and warrants that Tech uses
environmentally beneficial practices specific to its industry that meet at least
the minimum standard recommended for its industry. Upon Bank’s
request, Tech will provide written information on its environmental policies and
procedures.
ARTICLE
22
DEFINITIONS;
INTERPRETATION
22.1
Capitalized
terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective
meanings ascribed to them in the Acquisition Agreement.
22.2
“
Acceptance Materials
”
means: (1) detailed documentation and screen shots based on the approved
functional business requirements; (2) certification that the Enhancements have
successfully completed Tech quality control testing; and (3) at Bank’s request,
a successful, interactive online demonstration of the Enhancements in Tech’s
test environment.
22.3
“
Acceptance Period
”
means the period commencing on the date that a particular Enhancement or item of
Work Product is delivered or otherwise made available to Bank and continuing for
fifteen (15) Business Days thereafter, or such other period as the Parties may
agree upon in writing.
22.4
“
Affiliate
” means a
business entity now or hereafter controlled by, controlling or under common
control with a Party. Control exists when an entity owns or controls,
directly or indirectly, (a) 50% or more of the outstanding equity representing
the right to vote for the election of directors or (b) other managing authority
of the controlled entity.
22.5
“
Application Software
”
means, with respect to PayMode Processing Services, the online web software that
performs such services.
22.6
“
Business Day
” means
Monday through Friday, excluding days on which Bank is not open for business in
the United States of America.
22.7
“
Closing Date”
has the
meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition Agreement.
22.8
“
Confidential
Information
” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
22.9
“
Consumer Information
”
means any record about an individual, whether in paper, electronic, or other
form, that is a consumer report as such term is defined in the Fair Credit
Reporting Act (15 USC 1681 et seq.) or is derived from a consumer report and
that is maintained or otherwise possessed by or on behalf of Bank for a business
purpose. Consumer Information also means a compilation of such
records. The term does not include any record that does not identify
an individual.
22.10
“
Contract Year
” means
each twelve (12) month period during the Initial Term of this Services
Agreement.
22.11
“
Cure
” means a Party
has made reasonable best efforts to mitigate losses arising from the applicable
default or breach and implemented corrective measures in an attempt to prevent
the re-occurrence of the applicable default or breach.
22.12
“
Customer
” means an
existing customer of Bank listed on Schedule 7.3(a) to the Acquisition Agreement
and each additional customer of Bank with whom Bank agrees to provide the
PayMode Processing Services during the Term.
22.13
“
Customer Information
”
means any record containing information about a Customer, its usage of Bank’s
services, or about a customer’s accounts, whether in paper, electronic, or other
form that is maintained by or on behalf of Bank for a business
purpose.
22.14
“
Customer Service
Agreement
” means one or more written, binding agreements between Bank and
a Customer pursuant to which Customer receives the PayMode
Services.
22.15
“
Customizations
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
22.16
“
Deposit Materials
”
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
22.17
“
Customization Fees
”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
22.18
“
Delivery Date
” means
the date two (2) years after the Closing Date.
22.19
“
Development Services
”
means the development services provided by Tech pursuant to the Product Roadmap
and Statements of Work hereunder.
22.20
“
Disabled-Owned Business
Enterprise
” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise, regardless of
size, located in the United States or its trust territories, which is at least
fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated and controlled, by an individual of
United States citizenship with a permanent mental or physical impairment that
substantially limits one or more of the major life activities and which has a
significant negative impact upon the company’s ability to successfully
compete. The ownership and control shall be real and continuing and
not created solely to take advantage of special or set aside programs aimed at
supplier diversity. Due to the absence of a certifying agency for
this category of business owners, the Disabled-Owned Business Enterprise must
complete an affidavit and provide supporting documentation to be eligible for
consideration towards diverse supplier participation.
22.21
“
Disabled Veteran-Owned
Business Enterprise
” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise,
regardless of size, located in the United States or its trust territories, which
is at least fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated, and controlled by a
disabled veteran. The disabled veteran’s ownership and control shall
be real and continuing and not created solely to take advantage of special or
set aside programs aimed at supplier diversity. The Association of
Service Disabled Veterans, www.asdv.org provides certification for this category
of business owners throughout the United States.
22.22
“
Documentation
” means
the User Documentation and the specifications for the PayMode Services,
including any specifications set forth in the Product Roadmap.
22.23
“
Enhancements
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
22.24
“
Escrow Agent
” means
Iron Mountain Intellectual Property Services or such other escrow agent as the
Parties may mutually agree.
22.25
“
Escrow Agreement
”
means an agreement substantially equivalent to the model escrow agreement
attached as Schedule F.
22.26
“
Escrow Release
Condition
” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.
22.27
“
Intellectual
Property
” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition
Agreement.
22.28
“
Minority Group
” means
African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans (American Indians,
Eskimos, Aleuts, and native Hawaiians), Asian-Pacific Americans, and other
minority group as recognized by the United States Small Business Administration
Office of Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership
Development.
22.29
“
Minority-Owned Business
Enterprise
” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise, regardless of
size, physically located in the United States or its trust territories, which is
at least fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated and controlled, by one or more
member(s) of a Minority Group who maintain United States
citizenship.
22.30
“
Object Code
” means
machine-readable computer instructions that can be executed by a
computer.
22.31
“
OCC
” means Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency.
22.32
“
Open Source
Materials
” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition
Agreement.
22.33
“
Operative
” means
conforming in all material respects to the performance levels and technical
specifications described in the Documentation or, with respect to
Customizations, the applicable Statement of Work.
22.34
“Original Application
Software
” means the Application Software provided by Bank to Tech
pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
22.35
“
Party
” means Bank or
Tech.
22.36
“
PayMode Data
” means:
(a) all Consumer Information and Customer Information received by Tech from Bank
or Customers; (b) all data provided by Bank or Customers for processing by the
Application Software in connection with this Services Agreement; and (c) all
derivative data generated from any of the foregoing data.
22.37
“
PayMode Marks
” means
the Business Trademarks and any other Trademarks used by Tech after the date
hereof exclusively in connection with the sales and marketing of the PayMode
Services.
22.38
“
PayMode Security
Program
” means the security program developed and/or maintained by Tech
pursuant to Section 11.3.
22.39
“
PayMode Security
Requirements
” means the security requirements for provision of the
PayMode Processing Services as described in Schedule G and as required by the
Business Associate Agreement at Schedule H.
22.40
“
PayMode Services
”
means the PayMode Processing Services, the PayMode Maintenance Services, and the
PayMode Support Services.
(a)
“
PayMode Processing
Services
” means the PayMode® transaction processing services for payments
set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and more fully described in Appendix A
to Schedule A, which processing services may be modified by mutual agreement of
the Parties from time to time in accordance with this Services
Agreement.
(b)
“
PayMode Maintenance
Services
” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.
(c)
“
PayMode Support
Services
” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.
22.41
“
PayMode System
” means
the Application Software, the Web Site, the Vendor Network, and the computer,
communications and network systems, and other infrastructure and technology
utilized by Tech to provide the PayMode Services.
22.42
“
Quarter
” has the
meaning set forth in Schedule D.
22.43
“
Representative
” means
any individual providing labor to a Party or a Subcontractor, including
employees, officers, directors, advisors, and agents thereof.
22.44
“[**]”
means a [**] may apply [**] hereunder.
22.45
“
Service Fees
” has the
meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
22.46
“
Service Levels
” has
the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
22.47
“
Services
” means
Development Services and PayMode Services.
22.48
“
Source Code
” means
the human-readable code from which a computer can compile or assemble the Object
Code of the Application Software.
22.49
“
Statement of Work
”
means a written instrument executed by both Parties as described in Section
3.1.
22.50
“
Subcontractor
” means
a third party to whom Tech has delegated or subcontracted responsibility for
performance of PayMode Processing Services.
22.51
“
Subscription Fee
” has
the meaning set forth in Schedule D.
22.52
“
System Day One
” means
the date of the first day on which the PayMode System is operated by Tech
outside of Bank-controlled premises.
22.53
“
Term
” has the meaning
set forth in Section 15.1.
22.54
“
Upgraded Application
Software
” means any Application Software other than the Original
Application Software, including any upgrades, modifications or enhancements
(including Enhancements) to the Original Application Software and excluding
Customizations.
22.55
“
User Documentation
”
means the user manuals, user identification codes, passwords, codes, keys, test
keys, security devices, digital signatures and certificates, other similar
devices and information and other documentation that Tech provides in connection
with the PayMode Services, including documentation provided in electronic or
online format.
22.56
“
Vendor Network
” has
the meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition Agreement.
22.57
“
Web Site
” means the
URL from which Customers access the PayMode Processing Services.
22.58
“
Woman-Owned Business
Enterprise
” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise, regardless of
size, located in the United States or its trust territories, which is at least
fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated and controlled by a female of United
States citizenship.
22.59
“
Work Product
” means
all information, data, materials, discoveries, inventions, works of authorship,
documents, documentation, models, deliverables, computer programs, software
(including Source Code and Object Code), Customizations, firmware, designs,
drawings, specifications, processes, procedures, techniques, algorithms,
diagrams, methods, and all tangible embodiments of each of the foregoing (in
whatever form and media) conceived, created, reduced to practice or prepared by
or for Tech at the request of Bank within the scope of any Statement of Work
hereunder.
22.60
Interpretation
. Whenever
the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and
“including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”
The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the
word “shall.” The word “or” shall be construed to have the same
meaning and effect as “and/or.” Unless the context requires
otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or
other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement,
instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements
or modifications set forth herein or therein), (b) any reference to any laws
herein shall be construed as referring to any law, statute, rule, regulation,
code, ordinance or other pronouncement having the effect of law of any federal,
national, multinational, state, provincial, county, city or other political
subdivision, domestic or foreign, as they from time to time may be enacted,
repealed or amended, (c) any reference herein to any person or entity shall be
construed to include the person’s or entity’s successors and permitted assigns,
(d) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import,
shall be construed to refer to this Services Agreement in its entirety and not
to any particular provision hereof, (e) any reference herein to the words
“mutually agree” or “mutual written agreement” shall not impose
any
obligation on either Party to agree to any terms relating thereto or to engage
in discussions relating to such terms except as such Party may determine in such
Party’s sole discretion; and (f) all references herein to Articles, Sections,
Exhibits, Schedules or Annexes shall be construed to refer to Articles,
Sections, Exhibits, Schedules or Annexes of this Services
Agreement.
ARTICLE
23
GENERAL
23.1
Compliance with
Laws
. Each Party’s obligations are subject to the export
administration and control laws and regulations of the United
States. Each Party shall comply fully with such laws and regulations
in the provision of, and use of, services pursuant to this Services
Agreement. Should any entity outside the United States be utilized to
provide PayMode Services in accordance with the terms of this Services
Agreement, Tech shall obtain all necessary export licenses. Each
Party’s obligations are subject to the export administration and control laws
and regulations of the United States. Each Party shall comply fully
with such laws and regulations in the export, reexport, sale or other
disposition of Product pursuant to this Services Agreement. Tech
shall notify Bank in writing of any known restrictions on the export or
reexport, sale or other disposition of any Upgraded Application Software or any
Work Product not generally applicable to commercial software.
23.2
OCC
Compliance
. Tech agrees to be subject to OCC supervision and
examination, subject to the limitations and requirements of 12 U.S.C. §§ 1820a
and 1831v.
23.3
Financial
Responsibility
.
Upon Bank’s
request, Tech shall promptly furnish its quarterly financial statements as
prepared by or for Tech in the ordinary course of its business. If
Tech is subject to laws and regulations of the U.S. Securities & Exchange
Commission (SEC), the financial reporting and notification requirements
contained herein shall be limited to all information that can be provided and in
accordance with timelines which are legally permitted. Financial
information provided hereunder shall be used by Bank solely for the purpose of
determining Tech’s ability to perform its obligations under this Services
Agreement. To the extent any such financial information is not
otherwise publicly available, it shall be deemed Confidential Information of
Tech. If Bank’s review of financial statements causes Bank to
question Tech’s ability to perform its duties hereunder, Bank may request, and
Tech shall provide to Bank, reasonable assurances that Tech has adequate
financial resources to perform its duties hereunder. A failure to
provide such reasonable assurances shall be deemed a material breach
hereunder.
23.4
Business Continuity and
Disaster Recovery
. Bank shall cooperate with Tech in the
formulation of a Business Continuity Plan. Such cooperation shall
include providing to Tech information about the business continuity and disaster
recovery plan utilized by Bank prior to the Closing Date. As soon as
practically possible after the Closing Date, Tech shall provide Bank with a
proposed Business Continuity Plan for review by Bank and mutual agreement by the
parties. Bank shall notify Tech of any perceived deficiencies in the
Business Continuity Plan proffered by Tech and Tech, with Bank’s cooperation,
shall submit a revised Business Continuity Plan for review and approval by
Bank. Tech shall obtain Bank’s written approval of the Business
Continuity Plan prior to System Day One and, thereafter, shall not materially
deviate
from the Business Continuity Plan in meeting its obligations under this Services
Agreement. After the Closing Date and prior to receipt of Bank’s
written approval of the Business Continuity Plan Tech shall use the same
business continuity plan utilized by Bank on the Closing Date. The
Business Continuity Plan shall be updated and delivered to Bank by Tech upon
Bank’s request and shall include the items set forth in Schedule K, entitled
“Business Continuity Requirements.”
23.5
Force
Majeure
. Neither Party shall bear any responsibility or
liability for any damages arising out of any delay, inability to perform or
interruption of its performance of its obligations under this Services Agreement
due to acts of God, acts of the public enemy or due to war, or riot, provided,
however, that Tech shall only be excused from its obligations in accordance with
this Section 23.5 to the extent that strict adherence to Tech’s accepted
Business Continuity Plan would not have avoided the delay, inability to perform,
or interruption of Tech’s performance of its obligations hereunder.
23.6
Affiliates and Restriction
on other Third Party Beneficiaries
. Tech acknowledges and
agrees that the rights of Bank set forth in this Services Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of Bank’s Affiliates. Except as expressly set forth in
this Services Agreement and with the exception of the Affiliates of Bank, the
Parties do not intend the benefits of this Services Agreement to inure to any
person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted
assigns, and nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating any right,
claim or cause of action in favor of any such other person, against either of
the Parties hereto.
23.7
Entire
Agreement
. This Services Agreement, the Schedules and other
documents incorporated herein by reference, the Acquisition Agreement, the
Intellectual Property License Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, and the
Transition Agreement are the final, full and exclusive expression of the
agreement of the Parties and supersede all prior agreements, understandings,
writings, proposals, representations and communications, oral or written, of
either Party with respect to the subject matter hereof and the transactions
contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as it relates to
their subject matter, nothing contained herein shall supersede the terms and
conditions set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, the Intellectual Property
License Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Agreement, and the
Non-Disclosure Agreement dated June 24, 2008 between Bank and Tech, each of
which shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.
23.8
Succession and
Assignment
. Neither Party may assign this Services Agreement
or any of the rights hereunder or delegate any of its obligations hereunder,
without the prior written consent of the other Party, and any such attempted
assignment shall be void, except that Bank or any permitted Bank assignee may
assign any of its rights and obligations under this Services Agreement to any
Bank Affiliate, the surviving corporation with or into which Bank or such
assignee may merge or consolidate or an entity to which Bank or such assignee
transfers all, or substantially all, of its business and
assets. Subject to the foregoing, this Services Agreement shall be
binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective
permitted successors and assigns.
23.9
Counterparts and Facsimile
Signature
. This Services Agreement may be executed by the
Parties in one or more counterparts, and each of which when so executed shall be
an
original
but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
instrument. The Parties agree to accept a digital image of this
Services Agreement, as executed, as a true and correct original and admissible
as best evidence to the extent permitted by a court with proper
jurisdiction.
23.10
Headings
. Section
headings are included for convenience or reference only and are not intended to
define or limit the scope of any provision of this Services Agreement and shall
not be used to construe or interpret this Services Agreement.
23.11
Notices
. All
notices or other communications required under this Services Agreement shall be
given to the Parties in writing to the applicable addresses set forth on the
signature page, or to such other addresses as the Parties may substitute by
written notice given in the manner prescribed in this Section 23.11 as
follows: (a) by first class, registered or certified United States
mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, (b) overnight express
courier, or (c) by hand delivery to such addresses. Such notices
shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) five (5) Business Days after the
date of mailing as described above, (ii) one (1) Business Day after being
received by an overnight express courier during business hours, or (iii) the
next Business Day if by hand delivery.
23.12
Governing
Law
. This Services Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without
giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of
laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of
Delaware. To the maximum extent permitted by the governing law, this
Services Agreement and the transactions called for herein shall not be governed
or affected by any version of the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act
enacted in any jurisdiction.
23.13
Consents and
Approvals
. Wherever this Services Agreement requires either
Party’s approval or consent, such approval or consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed.
23.14
Amendments and
Waivers
.
(a)
No delay,
failure or waiver of either Party’s exercise or partial exercise of any right or
remedy under this Services Agreement shall operate to limit, impair, preclude,
cancel, waive or otherwise affect such right or remedy. Any waiver by
either Party of any provision of this Services Agreement shall not imply a
subsequent waiver of that or any other provision of this Services
Agreement.
(b)
If any
provision of this Services Agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no
way be affected or impaired thereby.
(c)
No
amendments or waiver of any provision of this Services Agreement shall be valid
unless made by an instrument in writing signed by both Parties specifically
referencing this Services Agreement.
(d)
Tech and
Bank shall mutually agree upon any amendment to this Services Agreement that is
necessary for compliance with a change in federal law, rule or
regulation
that is binding upon and subject to enforcement against financial services
companies or the suppliers of financial services companies, provided, however,
that any failure of the Parties to mutually agree upon reasonable terms and
conditions for such amendment shall constitute a material breach of this
Services Agreement by Tech, subject to Cure by Tech as set forth in Section
15.2(a).
23.15
Construction
. Notwithstanding
the general rules of construction, both Bank and Tech acknowledge that both
Parties were given an equal opportunity to negotiate the terms and conditions
contained in this Services Agreement, and agree that the identity of the drafter
of this Services Agreement is not relevant to any interpretation of the terms
and conditions of this Services Agreement.
23.16
Severability
. If
any provision of this Services Agreement is held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.
23.17
Relationship of the
Parties
. The Parties are independent
contractors. Nothing in this Services Agreement or in the activities
contemplated by the Parties hereunder shall be deemed to create an agency,
partnership, employment or joint venture relationship between the Parties (or
any of their subcontractors or Representatives). Tech shall have no
lien and no legal right to assert control over any funds held by any Customer of
Bank. Tech acknowledges that no privity of contract exists between
Tech and Bank’s Customers, and that Bank is solely liable for any payments that
may be due to Tech pursuant to this Services Agreement. To the extent
required by a Customer Service Agreement, Tech shall be bound by any
negotiation, arbitration, appeal, adjudication or settlement of any dispute
between Bank and Customer to the extent such dispute affects this Customer
Service Agreement. Bank shall pay (in accordance with the terms of
this Services Agreement) for any additional Services Tech may be required to
render as a result of any such negotiation, arbitration, appeal, adjudication or
settlement; provided, however, for avoidance of doubt, this provision shall not
relieve Tech from its liability for its breach of this Services Agreement or its
liability pursuant to Article 13.
23.18
Remedies
. Except
where expressly stated otherwise, the remedies under this Services Agreement
shall be cumulative and are not exclusive. Election of one remedy
shall not preclude pursuit of other remedies available under this Services
Agreement or at law or in equity. In arbitration a Party may seek any
remedy generally available under the governing law.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Services Agreement as of the
Closing Date.
TECH
By:
/s/ Robert A.
Eberle
Name:
Robert A.
Eberle
Title:
President and
CEO
BANK
By:
s/ Mike
Butz
Name:
Mike
Butz
Title:
VP, Supply
Chain
Addresses
for notices:
If to Bank
:
Bank
of America
525
N. Tryon Street
Charlotte,
NC 28255
NC1-023-09-01
Attn:
GPS Sourcing Manager
|
Copy to
:
Bank
of America
101
S. Tryon Street
Charlotte,
NC 28255
NC1-002-29-01
Attn:
SCM Legal
|
If to Tech
:
Robert
A. Eberle
President
and CEO
Bottomline
Technologies (de), Inc.
325
Corporate Drive
Portsmouth,
NH 03801
Fax:
(603) 436-0300
|
Copy to
:
John
A. Burgess, Esq.
Wilmer
Cutler Pickering Hale & Dorr LLP
60
State Street
Boston,
MA 02109
Fax:
(617) 526-5000
|
Agreement Reference
Number
:
SCHEDULE
A
SCHEDULE
A
PAYMODE
SERVICES/DELIVERABLES
Tech will
support and enhance the PayMode online solution to enable them to provide the
services listed in the description of services below to Bank
Customers.
Tech
will:
·
|
host
the Web Site for the PayMode
application
|
·
|
provide
support for incoming and outgoing file transmissions of transactions to be
processed or already processed
|
·
|
provide
technical implementation support for new
Customers
|
·
|
provide
phone and email based business and technical customer support for the
Customers using the service and their trading
partners
|
·
|
provide
sales support for Bank as outlined in Article 7 of the Services Agreement
and Schedule E attached thereto
|
·
|
provide
Customer billing and Bank management reporting
support
|
Tech also
will invest in and enhance the PayMode Services based upon the Product
Roadmap. Processing Services described herein will evolve from time
to time to accommodate the Upgraded Application Software. Notwithstanding, Bank
and Tech agree there will be no elimination or material reduction of services or
deliverables unless mutually agreed to in writing between Bank and
Tech.
2.
|
Description
of Services
|
The
following PayMode Services will be provided by Tech:
PayMode Processing
Services
Index
|
Processing
Service
|
Description
|
1
|
PayMode
(core
product)
|
PayMode
is an internet
based payment system that enables the initiation, processing and
transmission of electronic payments and remittance information between
disbursing companies and their vendors, suppliers and service
providers. Payments are accompanied by Customer-specified,
detailed remittance information.
|
2
|
PayMode
Plus
|
PayMode Plus
, an
extension of core
PayMode
, adds the
ability for a Customer to include multiple payment types (check, card,
wire, PayMode, etc.) in their PayMode payment files.
PayMode Plus
joins
electronically initiated payments such as card and wire with check print
files to provide a fully integrated AP solution that initiates both
electronic payments and paper checks.
|
3
|
PayMode
for Reimbursement
|
The
PayMode for
Reimbursement
product, an extension of core
PayMode
, is an Internet
based application that enables initiation, processing and electronic
transmission of travel and procurement expense payments between Customers
and their employees, contractors, directors, etc.
|
4
|
PayMode
Payer Invoice Management
|
PayMode’s Payer Invoice
Management
product enables the receipt, routing, approval or
disputing of electronic invoices. Flexible business rules,
including optional purchase order matching, enable Customers to
efficiently manage their incoming invoices. The product also
features the upload of an approved invoice file to the AP system,
eliminating many aspects of the costly invoice entry
process.
|
5
|
PayMode
Concentrator
|
The PayMode Concentrator
Service
provides Customers who receive payments initiated from home
banking systems with consolidated electronic delivery of payment and
remittance information in a format that is easily processed by their
accounts receivable systems. This provides significant
advantages over existing paper-based, lockbox solution.
|
6
|
PayMode
Out of Network ACH
|
The PayMode Out of Network
ACH
product allows existing Customers of PayMode to originate ACH
credit and debit instructions via the PayMode web user interface to
entities that are not members of the PayMode network. The transactions are
processed by Bank as if the submitter were ACH Origination customers
rather than a PayMode Customer.
|
7
|
PayMode
Out of Network Wires
|
The PayMode Out of Network
Wires
product allows existing users of PayMode to initiate USD wire
transfers via the PayMode web user interface to entities that are not
members of the PayMode network. The transactions are processed by Bank as
if the submitter were a wire transfer customer rather than a PayMode
Customer.
|
8
|
PayMode
for Employees
|
The PayMode for
Employees
product is an Internet based application that enables the
initiation, authorizing, processing and electronic transmission of travel
and procurement expense claims and payments between employers and their
employees. It allows for feeds to & imports from, General
Ledger and HR systems respectively for the purposes of ledger updates and
the automated import of employee
data.
|
SCHEDULE
A-1
In
addition, the following services will be provided during the agreed upon
transition period, allowing Bank to identify and implement an alternative
solution for the impacted Customers.
Index
|
Processing
Service
|
Description
|
9
|
[**]
|
The
[**]
in the
[**]
to
[**]
receiving these
types of payments.
[**]
.
Bank
of America utilizes
[**]
as the
[**]
.
|
10
|
[**]
|
PayMode
provides support to
[**]
|
Additional
details with respect to the service description are found in
Appendix A. In Appendix A, Customers initiating payments
may be referred to as “Disbursers” and entities receiving payments (except for
Customers that receive payments through the PayMode Concentrator Service) may be
referred to as “Collectors.”
3.
|
Service
Provider’s Responsibilities
|
Tech’s
responsibilities are outlined in detail in Appendix A
Tech will
begin to provide the described services on the Closing Date in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the Services Agreement and the Transition
Agreement.
5.
|
Change
Control Procedure
|
Tech and
Bank may amend this Schedule A if required from time to time. In the
event the Parties agree on a material change to the PayMode Processing Services
or Tech’s responsibilities hereunder, the Parties shall execute an amendment to
this Schedule A prior to the adoption of any such change.
APPENDIX
A TO SCHEDULE A
PAYMODE
SERVICES
I.
|
KEY
FEATURES AND FUNCTIONS
|
A.
|
General
(applies to all services)
|
The
PayMode application will have a web user interface that allows Customers to send
and receive payments, manage their PayMode profile and view reports of their
payments. The web user interface will be accessed through the web URL
of
www.paymode.com
. Bank
may redirect Customers using the web URL
www.bankofamerica.com/paymode
to the web site hosted by Tech at the URL of
www.paymode.com
.
The
application will require each user accessing the system to have a unique user ID
and confidential password to log in to the system. Users will be
locked out of the system after [**] invalid logon attempts.
Passwords
will have a minimum password expiration time period and a minimum password
length that are consistent with Bank’s information security
standards. Password composition requirements (e.g. contain at least
[**] character) also will be consistent with Bank’s information security
standards.
Tech
users will not have access to any Customer user passwords. They will
be able to assist properly authenticated users by resetting
passwords. Password resets will generate a confidential email to the
email address on file for the user and the application will require the user to
change their password upon the first login after a password reset.
As each
user is added to the PayMode application, they will receive a validation email
with a confidential link which is to be used for their assigned user ID to login
to the application. The link is valid for [**] hours and the user
must utilize this activation link in order to complete their first login to the
system. Users experiencing difficulty with the link can work with
Tech’s customer support team to have the validation link resent.
Each
Customer using the PayMode Processing Services must enroll in PayMode through
the user interface. During enrollment, the user enters information
about the Customer, about the bank account(s) to be used to send or receive
payments, about one PayMode account to be associated with that bank account and
about themselves as the enrolling user. Customers will not be
required to accept any
Terms of
Use in order to access the PayMode Processing Services, except that in the event
a Customer wishes to be a Collector or a biller using the PayMode Payer Invoice
Management service, the application will prompt the user to review and accept
the PayMode Terms of Use agreement. The user can accept the
agreement, decline it, or forward it via system generated email to another user
at their company for review and approval. If the agreement is
declined the enrollment is not completed and the new membership is not
authenticated and activated.
After the
enrollment is completed, the company cannot use PayMode to send or receive
payments until the Authentication process described in Section II-B of this
Appendix A is completed. The enrolling user, however, can utilize
profile administration to add and update information while they are waiting for
the authentication to be completed.
d.
|
Profile
administration
|
Users
with the appropriate privileges will be able to use the PayMode membership
administration function to:
·
|
Update
company information for the membership (name, address, tax ID,
etc.)
|
·
|
Add,
delete or change the profile of users on the
membership.
|
·
|
Add,
delete or change the user privileges associated with each user for each
PayMode account
|
Every
user will have a unique set of privileges that defines what functions they can
use within the PayMode system. When user privileges are changed, an
email notification is sent to all of the administrative users on the PayMode
membership.
The user
privilege set will be sufficiently granular to allow Customers to segregate
duties in a way that meets audit and risk management requirements, including,
but not limited to, allowing Customers using PayMode for healthcare claims
payments to meet the minimum necessary access requirement for the HIPAA
regulations.
As new
functions are added to the application, new privileges will be added as
needed.
The
application will present to each user that logs in to the system, a user home
page that presents them with a variety of useful information:
[**]
g.
|
Customer
facing reports
|
The
application will provide a variety of Customer facing reports which provide
information applicable to the functions for which the Customer is using the
specified report.
The
reports will have a consistent look and feel. When applicable, each
report will have the following common functionality:
[**]
The Web
Site will have a consistent look and feel with navigation that utilizes best
practices for website navigation. As new web technologies evolve, the
Web Site will take advantage of those technologies which are stable to provide
the best possible user experience when navigating the site.
When
possible, the Web Site will provide multiple options for navigating to
frequently used functions, so as to meet the needs of users with preferences for
varying approaches. For example, reports and administration can be
accessed through tabs and/or through links on the sidebar.
Tech will
execute usability testing when introducing significant new functionality to the
Web Site in order to ensure that the navigation of the Web Site is intuitive to
users and easy to use. Use of the Web Site should continue to be
intuitive enough that minimal printed user documentation is
required. Online help functions should be sufficient in most cases to
supplement the intuitive navigation presented on the web pages
themselves.
The Web
Site will be able to be accessed and utilized by users with the following
minimum system requirements. The requirements will be updated as
technological advancements require that they evolve.
PayMode®
Minimum System Requirements
For
optimum workstation performance, the following is recommended:
* Intel®
1 GHz processor or higher (or equivalent)
* 56 Kbps
modem or faster Internet connection
* 512 MB
of RAM (1024 MB or higher recommended)
* monitor
capable of 800x600 resolution (1024 x 768 recommended)
*
Microsoft XP® (Home or Professional edition) or later
*
Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6 SP1 or later, or Mozilla Firefox® 2.0 or later
(your browser must support Java® and JavaScript®)
i.
|
Online
help information
|
The
application will provide online help that provides information designed to
support users who prefer to be self sufficient in researching additional
information on how to use the system. This information will
include:
·
|
Background
information on PayMode and it’s features and
benefits
|
·
|
Topic
based information on all major functions of the
system
|
·
|
Frequently
asked questions and their answers
|
In
addition to a specific “Help” function, online assistance will be available in
the form of “More Info” links associated with each of the key functions in the
system.
The
PayMode application will support a variety of options for how payment settlement
with Customers can take place. The purpose of the settlement options
is to allow
[**]
. In addition,
the settlement options provide the
[**]
.
Settlement
options are configured at the PayMode membership level and can be applied
to:
[**]
For each
settlement option, the following parameters can be specified:
[**]
k.
|
Payment
Processing Controls
|
The
application will provide a set of non-Customer facing reports designed to
provide the payment processing controls needed to ensure that all payments are
processed accurately and timely and to ensure that no payment is lost or altered
in processing. This includes reports needed for payment and
transaction balancing and reconciliation. These reports take two
forms: reports designed to provide sub-ledger detail for expected
balances in system settlement accounts and reports designed to provide
“warehouse” balancing for transactions in some state of being
processed.
l.
|
Administrative/operational
functions
|
In
addition to the Support Services functions outlined elsewhere in this Appendix
A, Tech will provide Bank a variety of administrative services to support the
delivery of the PayMode service to Bank Customers. These
include:
·
|
Daily
processing of payment and invoice files, including processing of incoming
Customer payment instruction files and distribution of outgoing settlement
and reporting files to payment systems and/or
Customers
|
·
|
Daily
monitoring of the website and the underlying
application
|
·
|
Technical
problem resolution for any problems experienced with the Web Site or the
underlying application
|
·
|
Daily
processing and settlement account balancing and reconciliation designed to
provide early problem detection as well as to meet prudent audit and risk
management requirements. There will be segregation of duties
between the reconciliation and payment processing functions and a daily
management review and sign-off on the
reconciliation.
|
·
|
Month
end reporting of the reconciliation of settlement accounts to the Bank
owner of the settlement account, for any settlement account owned by
Bank
|
·
|
Monthly
preparation of reports of customer service volumes for delivery to
facilitate billing via the analysis
system
|
·
|
Monthly
invoicing of Customers that cannot be billed via the analysis
systems
|
·
|
Daily
SLA tracking and monitoring and monthly SLA
reporting
|
·
|
Weekly
OFAC monitoring of currently enrolled companies and
users
|
The
PayMode application will interface with Bank systems necessary to provide
payment and invoice processing services for Bank’s
Customers. Initially, these interfaces include:
·
|
A
file based interface to the ACH
system
|
·
|
A
file based interface to the
[**]
application (for
ePayables transactions)
|
·
|
A
file based interface to
[**]
product (for select
ACH, wire and International
payments)
|
·
|
A
message based interface to the wire system via
[**]
(formerly
[**]
)
|
·
|
An
online and a file based interface to
[**]
or similar tool
(
[**]
) for wire
drawdown initiation
|
·
|
A
spreadsheet based interface to the analysis systems (
[**]
and
[**]
) for billing
purposes
|
·
|
A
spreadsheet based interface to
[**]
for float revenue
reporting
|
·
|
A
file based interface from the bank’s M2M (machine to machine) information
reporting
|
For the
avoidance of doubt, Tech acknowledges and agrees that it shall have no right,
title or interest in any systems of Bank, its Affiliates or vendors with which
the PayMode application interfaces.
The
PayMode application will interface with other service providers’ systems
necessary to provide PayMode services to Bank’s Customers. These
interfaces are described in the context of the specific service to which they
apply.
Tech will
ensure that all processing records required for Customer reporting and for
non-repudiation of any alleged processing errors will be retained for a minimum
of seven years. Customer reporting data will be available to
Customers in an online real-time environment for a minimum of [**] months.
[Note: archiving
is not currently an element of the system]
The
PayMode application will support a variety of options through which Customers
can initiate payments to their vendors who are members of the PayMode
Network. Regardless of the payment initiation method, the entity
being paid is identified using the
[**]
. There is no
need for the company
[**]
.
Payments
can be initiated through a manual data entry function in the PayMode user
interface. Users enter payment data and also enter remittance data
associated with the payment to be initiated, using a variety of
[**]
.
Payments
also can be initiated by importing a payment instruction file through the user
interface. During the import process, the user will be given the
ability to browse the directories on their network to find the file to be
imported. Once selected, the location of the file can be saved as the
default directory for future imports. Users are also prompted to
[**]
for that
Customer.
In
addition payments can be initiated via the delivery of a payment instruction
file through any secure file transfer mechanism. Tech will support a
variety of file transfer mechanisms, including, but not limited to:
·
|
FTP
with PGP encryption
|
·
|
AS2
with appropriate encryption, such as
S/MIME
|
Regardless
of the input method (browser based import or other secure file transfer
mechanism), the application will feature a flexible integration infrastructure
which allows customized parsers to quickly and easily be developed for each
Customer, enabling the Customers to deliver their payment instructions in
whatever file format is easiest for them to produce.
The
application will require PayMode payment instruction files to be digitally
signed with a valid digital certificate prior to processing. [**].
Tech will never be
in
possession of the certificates, but will have the ability to assist Customers by
revoking and/or reissuing certificates should the need arise.
Payments
will [**]. It is only after the payments receive all required
approvals that the debit to the disbursing Customer or the credit to the vendor
being paid will be released to the wire and/or ACH systems.
During
the processing of payment instructions, the application will perform a variety
of file and transaction level validations on the files and
payments. [**].
The
PayMode application will provide users with appropriate privileges with the
ability to [**]. In addition, prior to the release of the settlement
transactions to the payment systems, users will have the ability to
[**]
.
Should an
erroneous payment be detected by a Customer after the
[**]
, Tech’s customer support
unit will work with the Disburser to assist in retrieving the payment from the
vendor to whom it was sent.
The
PayMode application will allow the user to search for payments via the user
interface using a number of different parameters to filter the
search. A list of payments matching the search criteria will be
presented and the user will have
[**]
.
If there
is a return of an ACH debit or ACH credit related to a PayMode payment, Tech’s
Customer Support team will research and resolve the return and will use the
application’s Payment Management function to
[**]
.
The
PayMode application will
[**]
. It will not
contain confidential data, but it will include a
[**]
.
Payments
are typically sent in CCD format, but for those vendors wishing to receive the
remittance detail through the ACH network, the PayMode application will send a
CTX formatted ACH transaction. A Tech technical implementation
consultant will work with the vendor to configure the options for their CTX
set-up and test that set-up.
Customer
facing reports for PayMode will include:
[**]
In
addition to the human readable reports specified here, specialized file based GL
reporting will be made available to Customers with this feature enabled
(currently
one
Customer). This specialized reporting merges information from Bank’s
M2M balance reporting for the Customer with information about PayMode payments
sent and received to provide a GL posting file for a line of business that
doesn’t have a sophisticated GL system.
The
application will support the initiation of a comprehensive payment instruction
file that contains multiple payment types. This type of file will be
accepted in the format that it is easiest for Bank’s Customer to produce,
[**]. Files can be delivered via the same secure file transfer
methods listed in section B. This type of payment instruction cannot
be imported through the browser using the PayMode application
itself.
During
the processing of payment instructions, the application will perform a variety
of file and transaction level validations on the files and
payments. [**].
The
PayMode integration processing will process the comprehensive payment
instruction file splitting the payments based on the payment type and will
forward the various payment types according to the following chart:
Payment
Type
|
Destination
|
Check
|
Check
Print and Mail Supplier
|
PayMode
|
PayMode
application
|
ePayables
|
[**]
application at Bank
|
Out-of-Network
ACH
|
PayMode
application
|
Out-of-Network
Wire
|
PayMode
application
|
Other
Wires, ACH and International Payments
|
[**]
|
Payments
destined for the PayMode application will be
[**]
.
Check
payments will be delivered to the print mail supplier for either same day or
next day printing, based on the deadlines provided by the
supplier. Should Tech choose to move to a new supplier, deadlines
will continue to be no later than the currently established
deadlines. Same day checks must be delivered to the print mail
supplier no later than
[**]
in order to be printed and mailed that day and next day checks must be
delivered to the print mail supplier no later than
[**]
in ordered to be printed
and mailed the next Business Day. To meet these deadlines, Customers
are asked to deliver same day checks to Tech no later than
[**]
. Certain large
volume print mail Customers, such as those delivering semi-monthly health care
claims payments files, will be processed according to a mutually agreed upon
time schedule.
Tech will
ensure that the check printing and mailing service includes the following
features:
·
|
Ability
for Customers to
[**]
|
·
|
Ability
for Customer to
[**]
|
·
|
Check
stock with industry standard fraud protection features including, but not
limited to:
|
[**]
·
|
Production
of a set of test checks for
[**]
|
·
|
Control
procedures designed to ensure
[**]
|
·
|
Control
procedures design to verify that
[**]
|
Payments
destined for Bank’s
[**]
and
[**]
applications
will be delivered to those applications as defined in mutually agreed upon
schedules.
Payments
destined for the PayMode application will have the same payment management
functionality described in Section B.
For check
payments, Customers may request Tech’s support group to have the print/mail
supplier “pull” a check if it has not yet been mailed.
For
payments delivered to
[**]
, Customers will need to
use the
[**]
application
to manage those payments.
Tech will
implement reconciliation processes to ensure that files delivered to other
applications for processing are received and processed. Where
possible, this will include receipt and review of some sort of report or
acknowledgment from the receiving system.
As part
of the PayMode Plus comprehensive payment service, Tech will establish and
maintain interfaces to the destination systems, as identified in the table in
part a of this Section C.
D.
|
PayMode
for Reimbursement
|
a.
|
Initial
and recurring employee load file
processing
|
Tech will
process csv formatted files from Customers that wish to have an automated load
of their initial employee profile data for PayMode for
Reimbursement. For Customers with large volumes of changes, Tech also
will process a regular (e.g. weekly or daily) file with updates to employee
profiles.
For each
employee, officer, director, consultant or other individual to whom a Customer
needs to make expense reimbursement payments, the Customer will have the ability
to
[**]
. The
profile will include the following information:
[**]
Profile
information can be
[**]
.
c.
|
Payment
initiation and receipt
|
PayMode
for Reimbursement payments can be initiated using the same mechanisms used for a
PayMode payment. The
[**]
. This
includes:
[**]
.
Individuals
paid through PayMode for Reimbursement do not have
[**]
.
PayMode
for Reimbursement payments can be managed using the same mechanisms used for a
PayMode payment.
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-10
PayMode
for Reimbursement payments can be viewed on the same reports used for PayMode
payments. In addition, they can be viewed on the
[**]
.
For those
Customers using an automated employee load file, the PayMode application will
also provide an
[**]
E.
|
PayMode
Payer Invoice Management
|
Customers
will have the ability to deliver a file of purchase order information against
which incoming electronic invoices can be matched. This file will
have information about
[**]
.
The PO
file can be delivered through any of the
[**]
. In addition,
the PO can be
[**]
.
The
Customer will be able to
[**]
. Tech will
support an integration infrastructure that allows them to quickly and easily
[**]
.
In
addition to the profile details managed for PayMode payments, PayMode Invoice
Management Customers will have to ability to
[**]
. Users with
the appropriate privilege set
[**]
. These
[**]
.
[**]
.
When
electronic invoices are delivered to the PayMode application, the invoices are
processed using the
[**]
. This includes
[**]
such as the
following:
[**]
Successfully
processed electronic invoices are routed to the users with appropriate
privileges to act upon them. The invoices are
[**]
for the users and the
PayMode application
[**]
.
Unmatched
invoices are [**]. Users with appropriate privileges will be able to
use the PayMode application to [**]. Alternatively, the user can
[**].
Other
actions which also can be taken on invoices in the [**] include:
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-11
[**]
Users
with appropriate privileges will be able to take the following actions on
invoices in their
[**]
:
[**]
vi.
|
Invoices
Pending Approval
|
Users
with appropriate privileges will be able to take the following actions on
invoices in their invoices
[**]
:
[**]
vii.
|
Dispute/Rejection
Process
|
Users
with appropriate privileges can dispute [**]. When disputing an
invoice, the PayMode application will prompt the user to [**]. In
addition, there will be an opportunity to [**]. When an invoice is
disputed, it is placed in the [**].
Users
with appropriate privileges also can [**], sending them back to the
[**]. Rejected invoices are in a state that [**]. When the
invoice is rejected, the [**]. In addition, there will be an
opportunity to [**]. When an invoice is rejected, an
[**].
viii.
|
Post
approval maintenance
|
Users
with appropriate privileges also will be able to [**]. They will have
a [**]. This function is designed to give the Customer the
[**].
The
following invoice management reports are available to users with the appropriate
privileges:
[**]
Billers
using the invoice management service will have the ability to
[**]. In addition, they can establish a [**].
Billers
enrolled in the PayMode network will be given the ability to [**].
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-12
First,
invoices can be [**]. When using the [**], the PayMode application
will [**]. If the line item type includes a [**]. In
addition, it will [**].
Second,
the PayMode application will provide an opportunity to [**]. Invoices
files can be [**]. Tech will support a [**]. When
importing a file, the user will be prompted to [**]. Once selected,
[**].
Finally,
invoice files can be delivered via any of the secure file transfer mechanisms
that are offered. Like files imported through the browser, these
files can be [**]. When a file is delivered, the PayMode application
will send a [**].
Users
with appropriate privileges will be able to take the following actions on
disputed invoices in their queue:
[**]
The
following reports will be available to billers submitting electronic invoices to
the PayMode network:
[**]
Concentrator
payments are home banking payments destined to PayMode Concentrator
Customers. Tech will receive those payments through a number of
channels, including but not limited to:
[**]
Incoming
payment files from all of the Concentrator channels are processed by
[**]. In addition, the funds are
[**]
.
b.
[**]
PayMode
Concentrator uses
[**]
to provide three kinds of services to Customers:
[**]
c. Settlement
options
PayMode
Concentrator Customers can choose to receive
[**]
. Exceptions
exist when
[**]
.
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-13
d. Returns
PayMode
Concentrator will provide Customers with the ability to
[**]
. This is done
through the
[**]
. Payments
flagged for return are
[**]
.
e. Reporting
PayMode
Concentrator Customers can view
[**]
. In addition,
those using a
[**]
f. A/R
files
PayMode
Concentrator Customers can elect to
[**]
. This file
contains the [**]. It is produced in the [**]. A/R files
can be [**].
PayMode
Concentrator Customers also can receive
[**]
. A Tech technical
implementation consultant will work with the Customer to
[**]
G.
|
PayMode
Out-of-Network ACH
|
PayMode
Out-of-Network ACH payments can be initiated using the same mechanisms used for
a PayMode payment.
[**]
. These
payments are being sent to entities that are not members of the PayMode network,
so the Customer’s payment instruction file needs to include all the data
elements needed to originate an ACH credit or debit. This information
is
[**]
. It
includes:
[**]
The
PayMode application will provide users with appropriate privileges with the
ability to [**]. In addition, prior to the release of the
out-of-network transaction to the ACH system, users will have the ability to
[**].
Should an
erroneous payment be detected by a Customer after the release of the transaction
to ACH, Tech’s customer support unit will
[**]
.
The
PayMode application will allow the user to
[**]
.
[**]
. The return
reporting will be set-up this way by Tech’s technical implementation consultant
during the implementation.
PayMode
Out-of-Network ACH payments can be viewed on the same reports used for PayMode
payments.
H.
|
PayMode
Out-of-Network Wires
|
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-14
PayMode
Out-of-Network Wire payments can be initiated using the same mechanisms used for
a PayMode payment. Unlike PayMode payments, the payment recipient is
[**]
. These
payments are being sent to entities that are not members of the PayMode network,
so the Customer’s payment instruction file needs to
[**]
. This
information is
[**]
. It
includes:
[**]
As
payments are processed by Bank’s wire transfer system, the following
[**]
.
[**]
The
PayMode application will provide users with appropriate privileges with the
ability to reject
[**]
.
PayMode Out-of-Network Wire payments are processed using a
[**]
. As a result,
there is no opportunity for the user to
[**]
.
Should an
erroneous payment be detected by a Customer after the release of the transaction
to wire, Tech’s customer support unit will [**].
The
PayMode application will allow the user to [**].
If Bank’s
wire system rejects the wire payment, the change in status is [**].
PayMode
Out-of-Network Wire payments can be viewed on the same reports used for PayMode
payments.
PayMode
for Employees Customers can use the PayMode user interface to update their
processing profile. The following parameters can be
updated:
[**]
b.
|
Approval
Hierarchy Management
|
Customers
using PayMode for Employees will be given the ability to
[**]. Sometimes referred to as a GL file, this file provides
[**]. In addition, it [**].
Approval
hierarchy information also can be updated via the PayMode user
interface. This functionality can be
[**]
.
c.
|
Expense
Report Submission
|
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-15
The
PayMode application will provide a web user interface through which users can
enter and submit expense reports. This entry process will
[**]. The entry process includes the following features:
[**]
d.
|
Expense
Report Approval
|
When an
expense report is successfully submitted, the expense report is
[**]
.
Approving
users will be given the opportunity to review expense report details and warning
messages. They can reject the expense report,
[**]
.
For
expense reports that are approved by the time the last ACH file of the day is
being produced, the PayMode application will
[**]
. Both the
employee submitting the expense report and the card issuer will be
[**]
.
The
PayMode application will provide the following reports to assist PayMode for
Employees Customers in managing their Expense Reimbursement
program.
[**]
The
PayMode application will provide a periodic general ledger update file that
reflects the details of the expenses submitted and paid. This file
will be generated in the
[**]
that are available.
J.
|
Transition
Only: PayMode Bill Payment
Service
|
a.
|
Payment
and DMP Processing
|
Credit
counseling and remote banking consumer payments and administrative messages to
be originated through the
[**]
network can be initiated through the PayMode Bill Payment Service using
the same payment initiation methods available for PayMode
payments. One exception is that they cannot be initiated through
manual payment entry. These types of payments and administrative
messages (e.g. debt management proposals, balance verifications and other
message types used by the credit counseling industry to coordinate with billing
entities) are only accepted in the
[**]
file format defined by
[**]
; however, they can
be delivered via any of the secure file transfer mechanisms and all of the
approval signature requirements and business rules apply.
Once a
Customer’s payment instruction file has received all the necessary approvals and
the funds have been collected from the disburser, an ACH credit is
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-16
sent to a
PayMode settlement account that has been designated for these payments and the
payment details are sent to
[**]
by the PayMode
application.
[**]
will process the payment file and draw the funds down from the settlement
account using a wire drawdown.
When
[**]
or the billing
entity receiving the payments are unable to process the payments, the payments
are returned. The PayMode application receives return information on
a
[**]
formatted file
delivered from
[**]
. In addition,
[**]
wires funds for the
returned payments into the designated settlement account.
When the
PayMode application processes a return file, it [**].
PayMode
Bill Payment Service features the following reports:
[**]
K.
|
Transition
Only: Other Translation
Services
|
a.
|
NACHA
to BAI Translation – ACH Entry Detail
Report
|
PayMode’s
integration services receive NACHA formatted entry detail reports for Customer’s
requesting this for their ACH Origination activity. These files are
delivered from Bank’s ACH system. PayMode translates this information
into a BAIv2 formatted entry detail report and delivers it to the Customer using
any of the secure file transfer methods.
Customers
may choose whether to have payments reported upon presentment or on settlement
date or on the day after the settlement date. Customers also can
choose whether to have the BAI transaction codes that match the payments used or
to use the BAI codes that match the offsetting settlement transaction to their
account.
b.
|
SWIFT
TO BAI Translation – International Balance
Reporting
|
PayMode’s
integration services receive incoming SWIFT balance reporting messages (940s or
950s) sent to a Bank SWIFT BIC designated to receive these international cash
management balance reports. Customers are set-up to have these
messages translated into a BAIv2 formatted balance reporting file and then
transmitted to them using any of the secure file transfer methods.
Account
numbers on incoming messages are compared to a table listing SWIFT BICS and
account numbers for accounts to be included in each transmission. If
a message is received for an account that is not found, an exception email is
sent to Tech’s customer support team. Tech is to forward this email
to the designated
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-17
contact(s)
in Bank’s International Client Servicing team for coordination with the Customer
to determine if a new account needs to be added.
c.
|
Legacy
EDI Translation – Version 3020 to 4030 for Check
Print
|
PayMode’s
integration services receive 820s for check print activity destined for The
Payment Network (TPN). These 820s are transmitted from a Customer and
are in a legacy format (version 3020) and PayMode translates them into Bank’s
standard 820 format (version 3040) and delivers the file to TPN
[**]
Vendor
enrollment is a core process within the PayMode application. New and
existing Customers will provide
[**]
. An enrollment
manager will be assigned to the Customer who will
[**]
. Tech will:
a)
|
Provide
Customer with segmented
[**]
|
b)
|
Conduct
enrollment campaigns
[**]
.
|
B.
|
Authentication
and Activation
|
a)
|
The
authentication and activation process is a key component of the network
expansion and security. Tech will provide all authentication
and activation processes as outlined in established SOPs. The
authentication and activation process
includes:
|
The
activation reporting is a key component of the Customer implementation and
network usage. Tech will provide reports of [**]. Reports
may be sent [**]. Tech will notify Customer and Bank upon completion of campaign
program.
A.
|
Toll
free phone support
|
The help
desk support of PayMode is a key driver to overall Customer/vendor satisfaction.
Tech will provide a toll free number for Customers and vendors to access
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-18
operator
support Monday through Friday 8:00 AM – 8:00 PM ET excluding bank holidays.
Service levels for this support are outlined in Schedule B.
In
addition to live phone support, PayMode Customers and vendors also rely on
timely response to email inquiries. Tech will provide support for
Customer inquiries that come through the email channel. Specific
service levels for email servicing are outlined in Schedule B.
C.
|
Dedicated
Customer Support
|
Tech will
provide a dedicated customer support contact for those Customers that: 1) Bank
is currently providing such services for, 2) Bank Customers that are anticipated
to generate $
[**]
, and
3) Bank and Tech mutually agree have a level of complexity that warrant
dedicated customer support. A dedicated contact is defined as an individual whom
the Customer can contact with issues instead of using the toll free
number. Such a contact may support more than one Customer provided
that Tech ensures that the Customer is highly satisfied with the
service.
D.
|
Escalation
of service issues
|
A process
for escalation of service issues is key to the ongoing Customer satisfaction of
the PayMode system/service. Tech will provide appropriate escalation
process/support for Customers as outlined in Schedule B of this Services
Agreement. This may include:
a)
|
Escalation
to Technology partners in the event of a system
issue.
|
b)
|
Escalation
to appropriate levels of Tech management as
required
|
c)
|
Escalation
to Bank Customer team for:
|
1.
|
Customer
issues not resolved to customer
satisfaction
|
2.
|
Customer
issues with pricing of service
|
d)
|
Escalation
to Bank Risk/Fraud team for issues relating
to:
|
2.
|
Suspected
misuse of system
|
e)
|
Escalation
to Bank Product team for issues relating
to:
|
1.
|
Any
issues escalated to any Bank team; Bank Product team should be notified of
any escalation to Bank team.
|
IV.
|
IMPLEMENTATION
SUPPORT
|
Implementation
Support is a key function of the PayMode service that includes all aspects of
the Customer technical integration for new or existing Customers (changes). Bank
and Tech understand that Bank will manage the Customer implementations, and be
the primary Customer contact for the majority of Implementation-related
communications.
Specific
components of this process include:
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-19
This
component includes the mapping of a customer file for development of a
[**]
. File mapping requires
the Bank to provide a test file or appropriate file specification from the
Customer as part of the Bank’s Implementation responsibilities. Tech will
provide a
[**]
.
B.
|
Membership
Configuration Consulting
|
This
component includes the requirement for Tech to provide consultative support to
Bank Customers in the set up of the Customer’s membership within the PayMode
application. Membership configuration consulting specifically
includes:
a)
|
Identification
of products to be used and appropriate settings activated to use such
products
|
b)
|
Settlement
options required for appropriate execution of Customer’s payment
initiations and/or receipt of payments as defined by product(s) utilized
(See description of product services in Schedule
A).
|
c)
|
Establishment/consultation
of user privileges as required by Customer and product(s)
utilized
|
d)
|
Identification
of any HIPAA type payments and required settings to support such
payments
|
e)
|
Check
print options/setup
|
f)
|
Identification
of any special remittance type options required by Customer to ensure
optimal vendor/Customer experience
|
g)
|
Identification
of business rules and associated account set up required by Customer to
ensure optimal usage of the PayMode membership and account
setups.
|
C.
|
[**]
Development and Testing
|
[**]
development and testing are key functions that are required to utilize the
PayMode payment initiation process of the system. Tech
will:
a)
|
Develop
Customer
[**]
in
accordance with test files/maps/file specs
provided
|
b)
|
Develop
Customer
[**]
business rules as identified in requirements documents and maps developed
by Tech’s implementation support
team
|
c)
|
Test
all Customer
[**]
and business rules including negative testing scenarios to ensure
successful Customer implementation to
production.
|
D.
|
A/R
Formatter Development and Testing
|
A/R
Formatters are required for PayMode Concentrator Customers receiving AR files of
payments received. Tech will:
a)
|
Develop
Customer [**] files in accordance with the test files/maps/file specs
provided
|
b)
|
Develop
Customer [**] business rules as identified in
requirements
|
c)
|
Develop
[**] as appropriate for Customers requesting such
service
|
d)
|
Test
all A/R files and [**] including negative testing scenarios to ensure
successful Customer implementation to
production.
|
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-20
E.
|
CTX
Configuration and Testing
|
PayMode
network vendors and/or PayMode Concentrator Customers may request the settlement
of their ACH transaction in the CTX format. Tech will provide this service,
specifically:
a)
|
Develop
CTX format in accordance with Customer or bank provided
specification
|
b)
|
Test
all CTX files including negative testing scenarios to ensure successful
Customer/vendor implementation to
production.
|
F.
|
UAT/Training
Coordination and Support
|
Other key
components of a successful Customer implementation of the PayMode service
include the delivery of a Customer-facing User Acceptance Test and appropriate
Customer training. Tech will provide support for these key services as required
by Bank implementation team. Specific services as requested by Bank
of America include but are not limited to: Providing a Customer-facing User
Acceptance environment with Customer set up configured
a)
|
Coordination
and processing of Customer test files to the UAT
environment
|
b)
|
Successful
processing of Customer files through UAT
environment
|
c)
|
Support
for any issues encountered by Bank or Customer in UAT environment
including file transmission
|
d)
|
Support
for Customer or bank specified training including, but not limited
to:
|
3.
|
Providing
coaching of Bank associates
|
4.
|
Providing
onsite customer support for strategic Customers as
needed
|
5.
|
Providing
on-call technical support
|
G.
|
Implementation
Management Coordination with Bank
|
Tech will
meet with Bank for an implementation status call at a minimum of twice a week on
a mutually agreed upon schedule. The purpose of the call is to
facilitate communication that will enable rapid implementation with high
customer satisfaction ratings. In addition, Tech will provide a
monthly status report of implementations assigned, in progress and
completed.
Continued
growth of the PayMode suite of products requires appropriate resources to
support sales efforts. Tech will provide sales support as identified
below:
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-21
Pricing
for PayMode payment deals requires an analysis of customer-provided vendor
history files.
[**]
. Tech will provide this
support in accordance with the established Service Levels as outlined in
Schedule B to specifically include:
[**]
B.
|
Input
for product collateral
|
Another
key component of the continued growth of the PayMode suite of products is the
product collateral available to the Banks sales/customer team. Tech
will work with Bank to assist in the development of new collateral for
enhancements as well as updates to existing collateral as required by
Bank.
C.
|
Consulting
for large deals
|
Large
deals often require detailed support and/or exceptions to
processes. In accordance with Article 7, Tech will work with the Bank
to consult on large deals. Services will include, but are not limited
to:
c)
|
Customer
customization requests
|
Tech will
provide monthly billing/reconciliation reporting to the Bank which
includes:
a)
|
Files/reports
of transactions to be fed to Bank’s appropriate analysis systems:
[**]
|
b)
|
Revenue
file of all transactions for Bank tracking reconciliation of
revenue
|
c)
|
File/Report
of all direct billed revenue and number of days funds have been held for
the purposes of calculating
[**]
by Customer for
input into Bank’s
[**]
system for revenue tracking and
recognition.
|
Tech will
provide a monthly scorecard for Bank to review. The format and
content of the scorecard are outlined in Schedule B.
C.
|
Weekly
implementation tracking
|
Tech will
provide Bank with implementation updates for Bank to incorporate into Bank’s
weekly implementation reports.
APPENDIX
TO SCHEDULE A-22
SCHEDULE
B
SCHEDULE
B
PayMode Service
Levels/Support Services
I.
|
System
Availability and Maintenance
|
Tech will
make the PayMode System available for Customer access 24 hours a day, except
during periods of scheduled system maintenance (see below).
To
satisfy customer demand for robust service, Tech will maintain a minimum
availability of
[**]
excluding scheduled maintenance windows.
Tech will
regularly conduct system maintenance to maintain and enhance the PayMode
System. Maintenance will be performed during Scheduled Maintenance
windows unless non-scheduled maintenance is required.
Scheduled
Maintenance
: Scheduled Maintenance is used to perform routine
software and hardware upgrades to the PayMode System. Scheduled
Maintenance periods are scheduled in accordance with release planning and are
typically from 11:30 PM ET Friday to 12:00 PM ET Saturday. Tech will
insure that all scheduled transmissions and files and processes have occurred
prior to shut down. Every attempt is made to schedule necessary upgrades and
system enhancements into these maintenance windows. In the event
Scheduled Maintenance occurs at any other time, Customers and Bank shall be
notified in accordance with the Maintenance Notification Schedule
below.
Tech will
also provide Bank with an annual maintenance schedule, subject to change in
accordance with the release planning process.
Non-Scheduled
Maintenance
: Non-Scheduled Maintenance may be required as a
result of recommended software patches, critical operational maintenance or fix
deployment. In most cases this maintenance work does not impact
system performance. If maintenance is necessary prior to a scheduled
maintenance window and the maintenance has a customer impact of more than 15
minutes during business hours, Tech will provide notification to Bank in
accordance with the Maintenance Notification Schedule below.
Emergency
Maintenance
: Emergency maintenance may occur as a result of
unexpected events and is used when system components are at
risk. Tech will make every attempt to provide Customers and end users
with prior notification of emergency maintenance. Due to the nature
of emergency maintenance, however, prior notification may not be
possible. In these cases Tech will notify Bank and end users as
appropriate as soon as possible, but this notification may occur after emergency
maintenance has been completed.
SCHEDULE
B-1
MAINTENANCE
NOTIFICATION SCHEDULE
|
Bank
of
America
|
End
Users
|
System
Availability
|
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE:
|
Routine
maintenance scheduled in accordance with release planning; typical outages
are from 11:30 PM ET Friday to 12:00 PM ET Saturday.
|
|
Tech
will issue an email to Bank of America’s designated distribution 5
calendar days in advance of the outage
|
Scheduled
maintenance notification is posted on users Home Page on PayMode Web Site
at least 3 Business Days in advance of outage.
|
Unavailable
|
Non-Scheduled MAINTENANCE/
Emergency MAINTENANCE:
|
Urgent
maintenance to repair or upgrade service that should not be delayed until
a scheduled maintenance period.
|
|
Tech
will issue an email to Bank of America’s designated distribution as soon
as outage is known.
|
Maintenance
notification will be posted on users Home Page on PayMode website as soon
as outage is determined if outage is to be longer than 15
minutes
|
Unavailable
|
Tech will
provide ongoing production support to PayMode Customers and
users. Issues will be categorized as Critical (caused by a functional
flaw (“bug”) in the production application for which there is no workaround;),
High (important, but a work around is available), Medium or Low. Tech will make
every reasonable attempt to resolve Critical issues within
[**]. Issues categorized as High, Medium and Low will be managed
through a prioritization process for inclusion in a future planned release.
Customer issues which are not caused by a flaw in the application, but which may
delay the processing of payments, are also treated as Critical with respect to
the urgency with which detailed information about the error is researched and
provided to the Customer.
Tech will
identify system issues utilizing the Bank standard severity matrix (as defined
in the matrix below). All Sev 1 and Sev 2 issues will be reported to
the Bank within [**] of identification of said Sev 1 or Sev 2 level, to the
designated Bank distribution list (to be provided). Status
notifications will be sent to the designated distribution every 1 hour for Sev 1
and every 2 hours for Sev 2 until issue is closed. Bank may, at its discretion
require conference call updates in addition.
SCHEDULE
B-2
Metric
Definitions
|
|
|
|
Legend
|
Definition
|
|
|
|
Severity
1
|
Systems
down or seriously impacted, products/services are
unavailable
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Severity
2
|
Systems
are degraded/unreliable; performance or legal agreements
are
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
SLA
– Wire End-of Day
|
Processing
Wire End-of-Day
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
SLA
– ACH-End-of-Day
|
Processing
ACH-End-of-Day
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
SLA
– Application Avail
|
Web
App 24x7 Availability
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Metric
#4
|
|
|
|
|
Overall
Daily (Row 5)
|
|
|
|
|
Monthly
Frequency
|
#
of green days per month divided by total # of business days per
month
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Monthly
Intensity
|
Total
# of FCI’s
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
B.
|
Help
Desk & Support Escalation
|
Tech will
provide Network Operations Support for all PayMode jobs/files 24/7 either via
live operator or pager notification as set forth below.
a)
|
Support During Business
Hours
: Tech will provide live operator support during Business
Hours, including support for all jobs including manual
intervention. Business Hours are defined as Monday through
Friday, 8:00 AM ET to 8:00 PM ET, excluding Bank holidays. Due to the
nature of the PayMode process, business hour support must coincide with
published Bank holiday schedules.
|
b)
|
Support During Non-Business
Hours
: Non-Business Hours are defined as Monday through
Thursday from 8:00 PM ET to 8:00 AM ET, Friday 8:00 PM ET through Monday
8:00 AM ET, and all Bank holidays. Email and telephone support
requests received during Non-Business Hours will be responded to within
[**]
of the start
of subsequent Business Hours.
|
c)
|
Issues
with Bank Interfaces
|
To the
extent that services are delivered to PayMode Customers through interfaces with
Bank systems, Bank will provide Tech with a contact list for each interface,
including after hours and escalation contacts. Tech and Bank will
work together to determine the cause of any issues and to resolve them as
quickly as possible. In the event that an issue is the result of an
underlying system issue with a Bank system, Bank will make every effort to
ensure PayMode processing is completed successfully without negative impact to
PayMode Customers.
SCHEDULE
B-3
Tech will
provide toll free customer service to all Bank Customers and associated network
members. Live service support hours of service should be no less than
8:00 AM ET to 8:00 PM ET Monday through Friday, excluding Bank holidays. In
addition, Tech will provide all services as listed and described in Schedule
A.
A.
|
Call
Center Service Metrics
|
The
following minimal service standards will be provided by Tech:
a)
|
Calls: Percent
of calls answered within
[**]
shall be no less
than [**]% of the calls.
|
b)
|
Average
Speed to Answer Calls: <
[**]
|
c)
|
Abandonment
Rate: Percent of abandoned calls shall be less than <
[**]%.
|
d)
|
Customer
Satisfaction Scores: > [**]%. Tech to provide
opportunity for Bank to do Quality Listening or provide third party
Customer satisfaction results
|
e)
|
Average
Handle Time ≤
[**]
|
f)
|
First
Call Resolution: Tech will resolve
[**]
% of First Call
Resolution Calls (i.e. Password resets, application
functionality-training, etc) within [**] of initial call. Bank
to provide Tech with a list of call-types that are “First Call Resolutions
Calls” for the purposes of this
metric.
|
The
following service standards will be met for transactional
processing:
a)
|
ACH
: Tech
will run a minimum of [**] ACH runs per day with a normal schedule of
[**]. Exceptions due to system or customer issues will be
communicated to the Bank via escalation contact list (to be
provided). PayMode system/process delays that result in a
delayed settlement to the vendors or Customers will be the sole liability
of Tech and Tech will assume responsibility for any resulting late fees or
loss of interest by the impacted
party.
|
b)
|
Wire Drawdown/Wire
Customer Initiated
: Tech will run a minimum of [**] wire
runs per day with a normal schedule of [**] to ensure appropriate time for
receipt of funds. Exceptions due to system or Customer issues
will be communicated to the Bank via escalation contact list (to be
provided) if the delay is to go beyond
[**].
|
SCHEDULE
B-4
c)
|
[**]
Reconciliation
: Tech will provide [**] processing and
settlement account balancing and reconciliation of the system and all
funds flowing through PayMode. Any discrepancies not resolved
within [**] impacting a Bank Customer will be communicated to the Bank in
the form of the monthly report as defined in the Report Section of
Schedule B.
|
d)
|
In
addition, Tech will provide a report of the month-end reconciliation of
any settlement accounts used which are owned by the Bank. This
month end report will be delivered to the bank no later than the [**] of
the month. Note that any transfer from a Bank owned DDA settlement account
to General Ledger Account of the Bank will be handled by
Bank.
|
e)
|
Bank Account
Authentications
: All Bank changes processed by Tech or
the Customers/vendors will be authenticated as defined in the SOP within
[**] of notification that the account has
changed.
|
f)
|
Email Response
Times
: Customer email inquiries to Tech will be
responded to within [**] of receipt, for all products except
Concentrator.
|
g)
|
General Research
Response Times
: All general research items received will
be resolved within [**] of receipt.
|
h)
|
ACH
Returns
: All ACH returns received will be acted upon
within [**] of notification from the
Bank.
|
i)
|
Concentrator Research
Items
: All Concentrator research will be acted upon and
Customer follow-up provided within [**] of
request.
|
j)
|
Billing
: Billing
files for direct bills and [**] for Bank to calculate [**] revenue will be
sent to Bank per the schedule to be provided by
Bank.
|
C.
|
Customer Escalation
Reporting
- Tech will generate reporting to track escalations and
resolutions to provide to Bank. Tech will acknowledge all
escalation requests from Bank of America within [**] of sending during
normal business hours. Tech will have [**] to provide a
resolution to the Customer or Bank escalation or a timeline for
resolution. All escalations exceeding [**] will require a [**]
status update with material milestones completed towards
resolution.
|
IV.
|
New
Customer Implementations
|
Tech will
be responsible for the execution of new Customer implementations and existing
Customer changes as defined in the services section of Schedule A. Tech will be
responsible for acknowledging and identifying the Tech Implementation contact,
and contact information, within [**] of any submitted implementation
request.
Tech
implementation representative will respond to any inquiries from Bank
implementation personnel within [**] of request.
SCHEDULE
B-5
ESCALATIONS: Tech
will acknowledge all escalation requests from Bank of America within [**] of
sending during normal business hours. Tech will have [**] to provide
a resolution to the Customer or Bank escalation or a timeline for
resolution. All escalations exceeding [**] will require a [**] status
update with material milestones completed towards resolution.
PayMode
Plus & Comprehensive (Integrated Payments)
|
Client Expectation
: [**]
from receipt of test file
|
|
|
|
|
Implementation
Assigned
|
Test
File/Reqs to Dev
|
Development
|
QC
|
Production
Deployment
|
Total
|
|
1
day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
PayMode
(Core)
|
Client
Expectation
: [**] from receipt of test
file
|
|
|
|
|
Implementation
Assigned
|
Test
File/Reqs to Dev
|
Development
|
QC
|
Production
Deployment
|
Total
|
|
1
day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Concentrator
|
Client
Expectation
: [**] from receipt of test file
[**]
|
|
Implementation
Assigned
|
Test
File/Reqs to Dev
|
Development
|
QC
|
Production
Deployment
|
Total
|
|
Simple:
UI Enabled
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Custom
AR Format
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Cross
Reference File
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Translation
Services – NACHA to BAI ONLY
|
Implementation
Assigned
|
Test
File/Reqs to Dev
|
Development
|
QC
|
Production
Deployment
|
Total
|
|
1
day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Modifications/Changes
|
Implementation
Assigned
|
Test
File/Reqs to Dev
|
Development
|
QC
|
Production
Deployment
|
Total
|
|
1
day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Deletions
|
Implementation
Assigned
|
Test
File/Reqs to Dev
|
Development
|
QC
|
Production
Deployment
|
Total
|
|
1
day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
|
|
|
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
In the
rare event a Customer’s implementation requirements exceed typical levels of
complexity, Tech and Bank will define a mutually agreed upon service level for
the particular implementation once the requirements are understood.
In
addition to the timeframes outlined above, Tech will work with Bank on a best
efforts basis to complete rush implementation requests in the timeframe
requested by the Customer. Bank will implement processes and
procedures designed to ensure the validity of the business reason for and to
minimize the number of rush requests.
SCHEDULE
B-6
Implementation UAT/Training
and Support
- Tech will make available a UAT test environment to Bank at
least [**] prior to Customer training. Bank shall provide Tech with prior notice
of Customer training at least [**] prior to the Customer training.
Tech will
execute vendor enrollment programs for all new and existing Customers, even if
existing network matches meet or exceed [**]. Unless otherwise
instructed by Bank or Customer, Tech will:
a)
|
[**]
of Customer
achieving first pay capability, providing Customer has returned all
necessary approvals and materials needed to execute vendor campaigns
within the agreed upon timeline.
|
c)
|
Customer
Reporting: Provide Customer reporting on designated, Customer preferred
frequency
|
d)
|
Success
Rates: Average conversion rate of
[**]
within
[**]
for new Customer
campaigns.
|
Tech will
be responsible for full authentication of new vendors which will comply with all
Bank standards, regulatory and compliance requirements, including Bank standards
around:
[**]
and as
outlined in the SOP (Standard Operating Procedure). Tech will
notify Bank of any material changes to the SOP
[**]
of the
change.
Tech will
provide support to the Bank:
a)
|
Pricing:
deliver vendor segmentation and vendor adoption forecasts for pricing
support and Customer proposal purposes as outlined in Schedules A and E
within
[**]
of
vendor file in good order and all other required applicable
information
|
VII.
|
Management
Routines and Reporting
|
Tech
shall provide monthly reports, unless otherwise indicated, on the
following:
SCHEDULE
B-7
Data
|
Definition
|
Monthly
(unless otherwise stated)
|
Severity
1 Incidents
|
A
problem where systems are down or seriously impacted and/or
products/services are unavailable. Report should include number of
incidents per month by date.
|
|
Severity
2 Incidents
|
A
problem where systems are degraded/unreliable; performance and/or legal
agreements are at risk. Report should include number of incidents per
month by date.
|
|
Critical
Production Support Requests
|
-
Resolved within [**] or agreed upon time frame
- #
successfully resolved/total # reported
|
|
Average
Speed of Answer
|
Average
duration of time it takes to answer a call
|
|
Email
Response Rate
|
Average
number of hours to respond to client emails
|
|
Quality
Listening - 3 Quality listenings per associate per month (client
satisfaction)
|
Report
of average scores by Product for the listening sessions
|
|
Initial
Call Resolution (ICR)**
|
%
First Call Problem Resolution
|
|
Bank
Account Authentications
|
%
Completed w/in [**]
|
|
ACH
Returns
|
An
ACH is returned back, which is usually caused by a bad account number.
(Vendor has changed bank or account). Report to include volume
and average turnaround time
|
|
Modifications
|
Updates
to existing clients account (i.e. changes to file formats, adding check
printing and other services). Include in report: 1) # of
requests, and 2) Time in days from receipt of Customer File in good order,
to completion
|
|
Deletions
|
Any
clients exiting the product of the Bank. Include in report: 1)
# of requests, and 2) Time in days from receipt of request from
Implementation in good order, to completion
|
|
Sales
Support: Pricing Support Inventory and Turnaround Report
|
Report
tracks Pricing Support Inventory and Turnaround Time (actual performance
versus
Tech 5
[**] - time
from when PayMode vendor file and/or ePayables Works Match file received
by Tech to delivery of data to Bank as outlined in “V: Sales Support
(Pricing)” in Schedule A.
|
Semi-monthly
(15th of month and end of month).
|
Key
Metrics Report
|
#
of transactions, total $ processed, and total active Customers (monthly
and YTD) for each PayMode Processing Service. Include Rejected
invoices, Approved invoices, Returned transactions where
applicable
|
Monthly
(15th of month).
|
Implementations-
Concentrator Basic, Custom A/R Formatter and Cross Reference
File
|
Time
in days from receipt of Customer File in good order, to deployed in
production
|
|
A.
|
Failure
to Achieve Availability Service Level
Standard
|
a)
|
Failure
to Fulfill System Availability Standard over One
Month
|
If the
monthly PayMode System Availability falls below the standard ([**]%) during
[**], Tech shall deliver to Bank within 10 Business Days after the close of the
month, a written plan of corrective action describing the steps that Tech will
take to cause PayMode System Availability to equal or exceed the standard during
the current month and each month thereafter.
SCHEDULE
B-8
Bank may
comment on this plan, and Tech shall consider in good faith and make reasonable
efforts implementing Bank’s suggestions.
b)
|
Failure
to Fulfill Availability Standard over Several
Months
|
If
monthly PayMode System Availability metric falls below the standard ([**]%) for
[**] during a [**], Tech shall meet with Bank’s representative at Bank’s request
to determine a course of action. Bank may make commercially
reasonable requests to Tech to add redundant facilities, eliminate single points
of failure, replace components and otherwise to supply additional resources, at
Tech’s sole expense, that are reasonably designed to improve availability, and
Tech shall make reasonable efforts to comply with those
requests. Bank’s making requests and Tech’s complying with them do
not relieve Tech of its obligation to fulfill its obligations under this
Services Agreement.
B. [**]
[**]
[**]
shall apply based on
other metrics as set forth in the Scorecard attached to this Schedule B as
Attachment 1.
[**]
are based on the total Subscription Fee and Per-Transaction Fee in the
month the service level metrics is missed and are cumulative of all
metrics.
[**]
for Implementations are cumulative of all implementations.
No
[**]
will be assessed for
Technology metrics prior to System Day 1. No
[**]
will be assessed for
Vendor Onboarding, Implementation or Service during the first 180 days following
the Closing Date.
If
PayMode System Availability falls below the standard set forth for any four
months during a six-month period, such failure shall be deemed a material breach
of the Service Levels.
SCHEDULE
B-9
ATTACHMENT
1 TO SCHEDULE B
[**]
SCHEDULE
B-1
SCHEDULE
C
SCHEDULE
C
The
Annual Enhancement Value shall be determined as follows:
1)
|
ITEMS INCLUDED IN THE
ANNUAL ENHANCEMENT VALUE
|
i.
|
Items
Tech will cover at its own expense and specifically
not
included in
the Annual Enhancement Value are as
follows:
|
[**]
ii.
|
Items
included in the Annual Enhancement Value are as
follows:
|
b.
|
The
value of Enhancements, as calculated in accordance with Section 2 below,
subject to the terms of Section 2.9 of the Services
Agreement.
|
c.
|
Expenses
directly related to the items set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above,
such as travel, shipping, taxes, duties and the
like.
|
2)
|
GUIDELINES FOR
CALCULATING VALUE OF
ENHANCEMENTS
|
i.
|
Development
work will be accounted for in accordance with the Rate Card set forth in
Schedule D.
|
ii.
|
Hardware
will be accounted for at cost plus a
[**]
% administrative
fee.
|
iii.
|
Software
purchased from vendors and third party professional services will be
accounted for at cost plus
[**]
%.
|
SCHEDULE
C-1
SCHEDULE
D
SCHEDULE
D
Service
Fees
The
following defined terms apply to calculation of the Service Fees:
1.
|
“Concentrator
Transactions” means PayMode Concentrator transactions processed as defined
in Schedule A.
|
2.
|
“Core
PayMode Transactions” means PayMode, PayMode Plus (electronic
transactions), PayMode for Reimbursement, PayMode Out-of-Network ACH and
PayMode Out of Network Wire transactions as defined in Schedule
A
|
3.
|
“Implementation
Fees” means fees for Customer
implementations.
|
4.
|
“Per-Transaction
Fees” means per transaction processing fees paid by Bank to Tech per the
schedule below.
|
5.
|
“
[**]
Revenue-Sharing”
means a
[**]
Revenue Sharing is currently computed monthly based on the
[**]
.
|
6.
|
“RPPS
Fees” means the per transaction fees paid by Bank to
[**]
to process
Concentrator Transactions and Bill Payment
Services
|
7.
|
“Subscription
Fee” means the fixed fees paid by Bank to Tech to perform PayMode
Processing Services
|
Service
fees are comprised of: 1) a Subscription Fee, 2) Per-Transaction Fees, and 3)
[**]
Revenue-Sharing.
SUBSCRIPTION FEE
: The
Subscription Fee will be paid monthly per the schedule
below. “Payment will commence with the first full month of Tech
providing Processing Services”
SCHEDULE
D-1
|
|
|
|
Month
1
|
[**]
|
Month
31
|
[**]
|
Month
2
|
[**]
|
Month
32
|
[**]
|
Month
3
|
[**]
|
Month
33
|
[**]
|
Month
4
|
[**]
|
Month
34
|
[**]
|
Month
5
|
[**]
|
Month
35
|
[**]
|
Month
6
|
[**]
|
Month
36
|
[**]
|
Month
7
|
[**]
|
Month
37
|
[**]
|
Month
8
|
[**]
|
Month
38
|
[**]
|
Month
9
|
[**]
|
Month
39
|
[**]
|
Month
10
|
[**]
|
Month
40
|
[**]
|
Month
11
|
[**]
|
Month
41
|
[**]
|
Month
12
|
[**]
|
Month
42
|
[**]
|
Month
13
|
[**]
|
Month
43
|
[**]
|
Month
14
|
[**]
|
Month
44
|
[**]
|
Month
15
|
[**]
|
Month
45
|
[**]
|
Month
16
|
[**]
|
Month
46
|
[**]
|
Month
17
|
[**]
|
Month
47
|
[**]
|
Month
18
|
[**]
|
Month
48
|
[**]
|
Month
19
|
[**]
|
Month
49
|
[**]
|
Month
20
|
[**]
|
Month
50
|
[**]
|
Month
21
|
[**]
|
Month
51
|
[**]
|
Month
22
|
[**]
|
Month
52
|
[**]
|
Month
23
|
[**]
|
Month
53
|
[**]
|
Month
24
|
[**]
|
Month
54
|
[**]
|
Month
25
|
[**]
|
Month
55
|
[**]
|
Month
26
|
[**]
|
Month
56
|
[**]
|
Month
27
|
[**]
|
Month
57
|
[**]
|
Month
28
|
[**]
|
Month
58
|
[**]
|
Month
29
|
[**]
|
Month
59
|
[**]
|
Month
30
|
[**]
|
Month
60
|
[**]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
YEAR TOTAL
|
[**]
|
Notwithstanding
Implementation Fees, service fees for 2009 to perform PayMode Processing
Services will be limited to Subscription Fees and any applicable Implementation
Fees.
[**]
2009
calendar year [**] and [**] amounts will serve as floors for the schedules below
for the balance of the Term. Beginning [**], for PayMode products
listed below, [**] and [**] will apply for actual volumes processed and revenues
realized each calendar year above the floor. The floor will continue to be based
on [**] for each year of the contract term and any Renewal Term(s); the floor
will not re-set annually, however actual volumes processed and revenues realized
each calendar year will be reset to zero on January 1
st
for
each calendar year. For the schedules below that are tiered, pricing and [**]
Revenue Sharing levels will only apply for volumes within the specific
tier. [**]. For Example, in 2011, if [**] exceed the floor
in [**], Tech would invoice Bank for monthly transactions in accordance with
Article 6 for [**] for volumes above the floor beginning in [**]. In
[**], Tech would invoice bank for monthly transactions up to and including [**],
then invoice Bank for
[**]
thereafter for that calendar year.
PER-TRANSACTION
FEE SCHEDULE
PRODUCT
|
VOLUME
ABOVE
FLOOR
|
FEE
|
Concentrator (excluding
RPPS Fees)
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Core
PayMode
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
PayMode
Invoice Management
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
PayMode
Plus Check Print/Mail Services
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
* Floor
does not apply. Fees will be charged on all
transactions.
[**]
REVENUE SHARING
SCHEDULE
PRODUCT
|
REVENUE
ABOVE
FLOOR
($)
|
Revenue
Share
to
Tech
|
Core
PayMode
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
[**]
. Custom
implementations will generally include one of the following characteristics: 1)
greater than [**] or [**], 2) A disburser sending [**], 3) multiple ERP
interfaces, 4) inclusion of foreign wires, or 5) [**]. Such implementations are
anticipated to be less than [**] implementations. Bank and Tech shall mutually
agree on the amount of Implementation Fees on a case-by-case basis, and Bank
shall not be liable for any Implementation Fees other than those agreed upon by
Bank in advance.
In
Schedule A, Bank and Tech have identified certain PayMode Processing Services as
not being performed by Tech indefinitely (“Transition Only”). Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Tech agrees to process each service outlined below as part of the
Subscription Fee. Except as otherwise noted, Bank will not add any
new Transition Only customers.
PayMode Bill Payment
Service
: Tech will process transactions through
[**]
Translation
Services – NACHA to BAI Translation: Tech will process transactions through
[**]. Bank will continue to add new NACHA to BAI Translation Services
into Implementation through
[**]
.
Translation
Services – SWIFT to BAI: Tech will process transactions through
[**]. If Tech is still processing these transactions on [**] for Bank
Customers, Bank shall pay Tech a [**] for processing services for the balance of
[**]
Translation
Services – Legacy EDI Translation: Tech will process transactions through
[**]. If Tech is still processing these transactions on [**] for Bank
Customers, Bank shall pay Tech a [**] for processing services for the balance of
[**]
.
Translation
Services –
[**]
Translation: Tech will process transactions through [**]. If
Tech is still processing these transactions on [**] for Bank Customers, Bank
shall pay Tech a [**] for processing services for the balance of
[**]
.
[**]
. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, as part of the Subscription Fee, Tech will continue to service
the existing Bank Customer using PayMode for Employees through
[**]
.
From time
to time,
[**]
,
non-standard pricing is needed
[**]
. Bank and Tech
agree to collaboratively work on constructing non-standard pricing where
mutually beneficial.
In
accordance with Article 2, Tech will develop and incorporate Enhancements into
the PayMode offering. Where applicable, Tech agrees to work closely
with Bank to develop competitive Service Fees for Enhancements to enable Bank to
successfully sell Enhancements to Customers and prospects.
Fees for
development of Customizations will be billed according to the Rate Card unless
otherwise mutually agreed to by the Parties in the Statement of
Work. The “Rate Card” is as follows:
Staff
|
Daily
Rates
|
Hourly
|
|
|
|
Project
manager
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Senior
Developer
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Developer
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
QA
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
QA
Manager
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Consulting
engineer
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
Blended
Offshore Support
|
[**]
|
[**]
|
The rates
in the Rate Card shall apply for a
[**]
period commencing on the
Closing Date. Thereafter Tech may in increase the rates by written
notice to Bank by an amount not to exceed the rate of increase of the Consumer
Price Index for all Urban Workers published by the US Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics over the period of time since the previous twelve
months (the second anniversary of the Closing Date). In the event the
Consumer Price Index ceases to be published, the Parties may substitute a
comparable index.
8. [**]
[**]
.
If Bank, acting
reasonably and based on market intelligence, requests Tech to validate
[**]
, Tech will comply by
providing supporting data, subject to Tech customer confidentiality. Without
limiting the foregoing, the fees charged by Tech to Bank during the Term of this
Services Agreement for PayMode Services, taken as a whole, will be no greater
[**]
for comparable
services, provided under comparable terms and conditions, to the services
provided under this Service Agreement.
9.
Renewal
Term Pricing
During
any Renewal Term, pricing will be set at a $
[**]
Subscription
Fee. All other fees, terms, conditions, and calculations remain in
place.
SCHEDULE
E
SCHEDULE
E
Bank and Tech Sales and
Marketing Responsibilities
Bank’s
responsibilities include:
1.
|
Sales
Forecasting. Thirty (30) days prior to commencement of each
quarter, Bank will provide Tech with the number of Core PayMode deals
offered to Customer which Tech can use for forecasting purposes. Sales
forecasts shall not be binding upon
Bank.
|
2.
|
Annual
Marketing Plan. Bank will create an annual marketing plan,
incorporating new product releases, and providing Tech a summary of that
plan. Bank will work closely with Tech in creating product
launch plans, including marketing activities, for new product
releases. The Annual Marketing Plan shall be Confidential
Information of Bank and Bank shall not be obligated to fulfill the Annual
Marketing Plan.
|
3.
|
Customer-Specific
Presentations and Marketing Materials. Notwithstanding anything in the
Services Agreement to the contrary, Bank is empowered to use the PayMode
Marks and create and use customer-specific, customized presentation
materials for sales and marketing activities without the written approval
of Tech.
|
4.
|
Training. Bank
will engage in training activities from time to time to ensure that Bank
Representatives have the requisite knowledge to market PayMode to
prospective Customers. Tech will provide support as requested
by Bank in providing content and/or participating in training.
Additionally, Tech will provide Bank training on all new product releases
at least 30 days prior to the scheduled date of
release.
|
5.
|
Sales
Support. Tech shall provide Bank PayMode subject matter expert
support (at Tech’s expense) to assist in advancing strategic, complex
sales opportunities and Request for Proposal responses, including online
demo support. If the support request requires Tech resources to be on site
for Bank Customer visits, Bank and Tech will mutually agree in advance on
Tech reimbursements for reasonable per diem and/or out of pocket expenses
on a case by case basis. All such requests requiring Tech to travel for
Sales Support must be approved by Bank Relationship
Manager.
|
6.
|
Tech
agrees to perform vendor segmentation analyses and vendor adoption
forecasts as requested by Bank on each sales opportunity for Bank pricing
and Customer proposal purposes as outlined in Schedules A and
B.
|
7.
|
Customer
Requirements. Bank will use reasonable efforts to maintain
prospective customers at the minimum volume and revenue levels in place
for PayMode Processing Services as of the Closing Date. As the PayMode
vendor network expands, Bank and Tech will work to reduce the minimum
thresholds for transaction volumes and
revenue.
|
8.
|
Bank
and Tech will meet at a mutually agreed schedule to
perform:
|
(a)
|
Sales
review. Discuss prior quarter activities and any support
required of Tech.
|
(b)
|
Operational
review. Review Customer issues and
escalations
|
(c)
|
Vendor
Network Review. Review performance versus
plan
|
Rules of Engagement for Tech
Direct Sales Activities
Bank and
Tech will cooperate to minimize conflict between Bank and Tech sales
efforts. In the normal course of Tech’s direct sales activities, Tech
will use reasonable efforts to determine whether Tech’s prospects have a
commercial banking relationship with Bank. In instances where Tech
believes that such a relationship exists, Tech’s direct sales force will inform
such prospects that PayMode Services are also available through their Bank
relationship. Both Tech and Bank agree that the prospective
customer’s preference will dictate whether the customer relationship ultimately
belongs to Bank or Tech.
SCHEDULE
E-2
SCHEDULE
F
SCHEDULE
F
Model Escrow
Agreement
THREE-PARTY
ESCROW SERVICE AGREEMENT
Deposit Account
Number:
______________________
This
Three Party Escrow Service Agreement (the “
Agreement
”) is entered into by
and between Bottomline Technologies, Inc. (the “
Depositor
”), and by Bank of
America, N.A. (the “
Beneficiary
”) and by
_______________________ (“
Escrow Agent
”) on this __ day
of , 20009 (the “
Effective Date
”). Depositor,
Beneficiary, and Escrow Agent may be referred to individually as a “Party” or
collectively as the “Parties” throughout this Agreement.
(a)
The use
of the term services in this Agreement shall refer to Escrow Agent services that
facilitate the creation, management, and enforcement of software or other
technology escrow accounts (“
Services
”). A Party shall
request Services under this Agreement by submitting a work request for certain
Escrow Agent Services (“
Work
Request
”) via written instruction.
(b)
The
Beneficiary and Depositor have entered into a Services Agreement dated
_________________ (the “
Services Agreement
”), which
agreement conveys intellectual property rights to the Beneficiary, and the
Parties intend this Agreement to be considered as supplementary to such
agreement, pursuant to Title 11 United States [Bankruptcy] Code, Section
365(n).
(c)
Capitalized
Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in
the Services Agreement.
2.
|
Depositor
Responsibilities and
Representations.
|
(a)
Depositor
shall make an initial deposit that is complete and functional of all Deposit
Materials to Escrow Agent within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date.
Depositor shall also update Deposit Materials each Quarter during the Term of
this Agreement, except that Depositor shall only be obligated to update the
Vendor Information portion of the Deposit Materials once per Contract Year. At
the time of each deposit or update, Depositor will provide an accurate and
complete description of all Deposit Materials sent to Escrow Agent.
(b)
Depositor
represents that it lawfully possesses all Deposit Materials provided to Escrow
Agent under this Agreement free of any liens or encumbrances as of the date of
their deposit. Any Deposit Materials liens or encumbrances made after their
deposit will not prohibit, limit, or alter the rights and obligations of Escrow
Agent under this Agreement. Depositor warrants that with respect to the Deposit
Material, Escrow Agent’s proper administration of this Agreement will not
violate the rights of any third parties.
SCHEDULE
F-1
(c)
Depositor
represents that all Deposit Materials is readable and useable in its then
current form; if any portion of such Deposit Materials is encrypted, the
necessary decryption tools and keys to read such material are deposited
contemporaneously.
(d)
Depositor
agrees, upon request by Escrow Agent, in support of Beneficiary’s request for
Verification Services, to promptly complete and return any questionnaires
provided by Escrow Agent. Depositor consents to Escrow Agent’s performance of
any level(s) of Verification Services and Depositor further consents to Escrow
Agent’s use of a subcontractor to perform Verification Services. Any such
subcontractor shall be bound by the same confidentiality obligations as Escrow
Agent and shall not be a direct competitor to either Depositor or Beneficiary.
Escrow Agent shall be responsible for the delivery of Services of any such
subcontractor as if Escrow Agent had performed the Services. Depositor
represents that all Deposit Materials is provided with all rights necessary for
Escrow Agent to verify such proprietary technology and materials upon receipt of
a Work Request for such Services or agrees to use commercially reasonable
efforts to provide Escrow Agent with any necessary use rights or permissions to
use materials necessary to perform verification the Verification Services.
Depositor agrees to reasonably cooperate with Escrow Agent by providing
reasonable access to its technical personnel for Verification Services whenever
reasonably necessary.
3.
|
Beneficiary
Responsibilities and
Representations.
|
(a)
Beneficiary
acknowledges that, as between Escrow Agent and Beneficiary, Beneficiary assumes
all responsibility for the completeness and functionality of all Deposit
Material.
(b)
Beneficiary
may submit a Work Request to Escrow Agent for Verification Services and further
consents to Escrow Agent’s use of a subcontractor if needed to provide such
Verification Services. Beneficiary warrants that Escrow Agent’s use of any
materials supplied by Beneficiary to perform the Verification Services is lawful
and does not violate the rights of any third parties.
4.
|
Escrow Agent
Responsibilities and
Representations.
|
(a)
Escrow
Agent agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Services
requested by Authorized Person(s) (as identified in the “Authorized
Person(s)/Notices Table” below) representing the Depositor or Beneficiary in a
Work Request. Escrow Agent may reject a Work Request (in whole or in part) that
does not contain all required information at any time upon notification to the
Party originating the Work Request.
(b)
Escrow
Agent will conduct a visual inspection upon receipt of any Deposit Materials and
associated descriptions. If Escrow Agent determines that the Deposit Materials
does not match the description provided by Depositor, Escrow Agent will notify
Depositor of such discrepancies.
(c)
Escrow
Agent will provide notice to the Beneficiary of all Deposit Materials that is
accepted and deposited into the escrow account under this
Agreement.
(d)
Escrow
Agent will work with a Party who submits any Work Request for Verification
Services covered under this Agreement to either fulfill any standard
Verification Services Work Request or develop a custom Statement of Work (“
SOW
”). Escrow Agent and the
requesting
SCHEDULE
F-2
Party
will mutually agree in writing to an SOW on the following terms and conditions
that include but are not limited to: description of Deposit Materials to be
tested; description of Verification testing; requesting Party responsibilities;
Escrow Agent responsibilities; Service Fees; invoice payment instructions;
designation of the paying Party; designation of authorized SOW representatives
for both the requesting Party and Escrow Agent with name and contact
information; and description of any final deliverables prior to the start of any
fulfillment activity. After the start of fulfillment activity, each SOW may only
be amended or modified in writing with the mutual agreement of both Parties, in
accordance with the change control procedures set forth therein.
(e)
Escrow
Agent will hold and protect Deposit Materials in physical or electronic vaults
that are either owned or under the control of Escrow Agent, unless otherwise
agreed to by the Parties.
(f)
Upon
receipt of written instructions by both Depositor and Beneficiary, Escrow Agent
will permit the replacement or removal of previously submitted Deposit Material.
The Party making such request shall be responsible for getting the other Party
to approve the joint instructions.
The Party
responsible for payment of fees (“
Paying Party
”) shall pay to
Escrow Agent all fees as set forth in the Work Request (“
Service Fees
”). Except as set
forth below, all Service Fees are due within thirty (30) calendar days from the
date of invoice in U.S. currency and are non-refundable. Escrow Agent may update
Service Fees with a ninety (90) calendar day written notice to the Paying Party
during the term of this Agreement. The Paying Party is liable for any taxes
related specifically to Services purchased under this Agreement or shall present
to Escrow Agent an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities.
Applicable taxes shall be billed as a separate item on the invoice. Depositor
and Beneficiary agree that if this Agreement terminates during the term for any
reason, other than for the fault of Escrow Agent, all prepaid fees shall be
non-refundable. Any Service Fees not collected by Escrow Agent when due shall
bear interest until paid at a rate of one percent (1%) per month (12% per annum)
or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. Notwithstanding, the
nonperformance of any obligations of Depositor to deliver Deposit Materials
under the License Agreement or this Agreement, Escrow Agent is entitled to be
paid all Service Fees that accrue during the Term of this
Agreement.
(a)
The
“
Term
” of this Agreement
is for a period of one (1) year from the Effective Date (“
Initial Term
”) and will
automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (“
Renewal Term
”) and continue in
full force and effect until one of the following events occur: (i) Depositor and
Beneficiary provide Escrow Agent with sixty (60) days’ prior written joint
notice of their intent to terminate this Agreement; (ii) Beneficiary provides
Escrow Agent and Depositor with sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of their
intent to terminate this Agreement; (iii) the Agreement terminates under another
provision of this Agreement; or (iv) any time after the Initial Term, Escrow
Agent provides a sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Depositor and
Beneficiary of Escrow Agent’s intent to terminate this Agreement. If the
Effective Date is
SCHEDULE
F-3
not
specified in the Introduction section, then the last date noted on the signature
blocks of this Agreement shall be the Effective Date.
(b)
Unless
the express terms of this Agreement provide otherwise, upon termination of this
Agreement, Escrow Agent shall return the Deposit Materials to the Depositor. If
reasonable attempts to return the Deposit Materials to Depositor are
unsuccessful, Escrow Agent shall destroy the Deposit Material.
(c)
In the
event of the nonpayment of undisputed Service Fees owed to Escrow Agent, Escrow
Agent shall provide all Parties to this Agreement with written notice of Escrow
Agent’s intent to terminate this Agreement. Any Party to this Agreement shall
have the right to make the payment to Escrow Agent to cure the default. If the
past due payment is not received in full by Escrow Agent within thirty (30)
calendar days of the date of such written notice, then Escrow Agent shall have
the right to terminate this Agreement at any time thereafter by sending written
notice to all Parties. Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to perform the
Services under this Agreement (except those obligations that survive termination
of this Agreement) so long as any undisputed Service Fees due Escrow Agent under
this Agreement remain unpaid.
Subject
to Section 10 and 11, Depositor and Beneficiary shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless Escrow Agent and its officers, directors, employees, and agents and its
successors and assigns from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities,
damages, and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’
fees), arising under this Agreement from the negligent or intentional acts or
omissions of the indemnifying Party or its subcontractors, or the officers,
directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns of either of
them. Subject to Section 10 and 11, Escrow Agent shall defend,
indemnify and hold harmless Depositor and Beneficiary and their respective
officers, directors, employees, and agents and their respective successors and
assigns from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, and
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), arising
under this Agreement from the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of
Escrow Agent or its subcontractors, officers, directors, employees, agents,
successors and assigns.
(a)
ESCROW
AGENT WARRANTS ANY AND ALL SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A
WORKMANLIKE MANNER. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE, ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. AN AGGRIEVED PARTY MUST NOTIFY ESCROW AGENT PROMPTLY
OF ANY CLAIMED BREACH OF ANY WARRANTIES AND SUCH PARTY’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY SHALL BE RETURN OF THE PORTION OF THE FEES PAID TO
ESCROW AGENT BY PAYING PARTY FOR SUCH NON-
SCHEDULE
F-4
CONFORMING
SERVICES. THIS DISCLAIMER AND EXCLUSION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY
AND LIMITED REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THE WARRANTY
PROVIDED IS SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS
AGREEMENT.
(b)
Depositor
warrants that all Depositor information provided hereunder is accurate and
reliable and undertakes to promptly correct and update such Depositor
information during the Term of this Agreement.
(c)
Beneficiary
warrants that all Beneficiary information provided hereunder is accurate and
reliable and undertakes to promptly correct and update such Beneficiary
information during the Term of this Agreement.
(d)
Ownership
Warranty. Depositor warrants that it is the owner or legal custodian of the
Deposit Materials and has full authority to store the Deposit Materials and
direct their disposition in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Depositor shall reimburse Escrow Agent for any expenses reasonably incurred by
Escrow Agent (including reasonable legal fees) by reason of Escrow Agent’s
compliance with the instructions of Depositor in the event of a dispute
concerning the ownership, custody or disposition of Deposit Materials stored by
Depositor with Escrow Agent.
9.
|
Confidential
Information.
|
Escrow
Agent shall have the obligation to reasonably protect the confidentiality of the
Deposit Material. Except as provided in this Agreement Escrow Agent shall not
use or disclose the Deposit Material. Escrow Agent shall not disclose the terms
of this Agreement to any third Party. If Escrow Agent receives a subpoena or any
other order from a court or other judicial tribunal pertaining to the disclosure
or release of the Deposit Material, Escrow Agent will notify the Parties to this
Agreement unless prohibited by law. After notifying the Parties, Escrow Agent
may comply in good faith with such order. It shall be the responsibility of
Depositor or Beneficiary to challenge any such order; provided, however, that
Escrow Agent does not waive its rights to present its position with respect to
any such order. Escrow Agent will cooperate with the Depositor or Beneficiary,
as applicable, to support efforts to quash or limit any subpoena, at such
party’s expense. Any party requesting additional assistance shall pay Escrow
Agent’s standard charges or as quoted upon submission of a detailed
request.
10.
|
Limitation of
Liability.
|
NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT , ALL LIABILITY, IF ANY, WHETHER ARISING IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY PARTY TO THIS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO ONE YEAR OF FEES PAID OR OWED
TO ESCROW AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. IF CLAIM OR LOSS IS MADE IN RELATION TO A
SPECIFIC DEPOSIT OR DEPOSITS, SUCH LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE FEES
RELATED SPECIFICALLY TO SUCH DEPOSITS. THIS LIMIT SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY PARTY
FOR: (I) ANY CLAIMS OF INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK OR OTHER
PROPRIETARY RIGHT; (II) LIABILITY FOR
SCHEDULE
F-5
DEATH OR
BODILY INJURY; (III) PROVEN THEFT; OR (IV) PROVEN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT.
11.
|
Consequential Damages
Waiver.
|
IN NO
EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT BE LIABLE TO ANOTHER PARTY FOR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS OR LOST
DATA OR INFORMATION, ANY COSTS OR EXPENSES FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
SERVICES, OR ANY OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE EVEN IF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF MAY BE KNOWN
IN ADVANCE TO ONE OR MORE PARTIES.
(a)
Incorporation of Work
Requests
. All valid Depositor and Beneficiary Work Requests are
incorporated into this Agreement.
(b)
Purchase Orders
. In
the event that the Paying Party issues a purchase order or other instrument used
to pay Service Fees to Escrow Agent, any terms and conditions set forth in the
purchase order which constitute terms and conditions which are in addition to
those set forth in this Agreement or which establish conflicting terms and
conditions to those set forth in this Agreement are expressly rejected by Escrow
Agent.
(c)
Right to Make Copies
.
Escrow Agent shall have the right to make copies of all Deposit Materials as
reasonably necessary to perform the Services. Escrow Agent shall copy all
copyright, nondisclosure, and other proprietary notices and titles contained on
Deposit Materials onto any copies made by Escrow Agent. Any copying expenses
incurred by Escrow Agent as a result of a Work Request to copy will be borne by
the Party requesting the copies. Escrow Agent may request Depositor’s reasonable
cooperation in promptly copying Deposit Materials in order for Escrow Agent to
perform this Agreement.
(d)
Choice of Law
. The
validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled
by and construed under the laws of Delaware, USA, as if performed wholly within
the state and without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of
laws.
(e)
Authorized Person(s)
.
Depositor and Beneficiary must each authorize and designate one person whose
actions will legally bind such party (“Authorized Person” who shall be
identified in the Authorized Persons (s) Notices Table of this Agreement) and
who may manage the Escrow Agent escrow account through the Escrow Agent website
or written instruction. The Authorized Person for each the Depositor and
Beneficiary will maintain the accuracy of their name and contact information
provided to Escrow Agent during the term of this Agreement.
(f)
Right to Rely on
Instructions
. Escrow Agent may act in reliance upon any instruction,
instrument, or signature reasonably believed by Escrow Agent to be genuine and
from an Authorized Person(s), officer, or other employee of a Party. Escrow
Agent may assume that such representative of a Party to this Agreement who gives
any written notice, request, or instruction has the authority to do so. Escrow
Agent will not be required to inquire into the truth or evaluate
SCHEDULE
F-6
the merit
of any statement or representation contained in any notice or document
reasonably believed to be from such representative. With respect to Release and
Destruction of Deposit Materials, Escrow Agent shall rely on an Authorized
Person(s).
(g)
Force Majeure
. No
Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in performance due to events
outside the defaulting Party’s reasonable control, including without limitation
acts of God, earthquake, labor disputes, shortages of supplies, riots, war, acts
of terrorism, fire, epidemics, or delays of common carriers or other
circumstances beyond its reasonable control. The obligations and rights of the
excused Party shall be extended on a day-to-day basis for the time period equal
to the period of the excusable delay.
(h)
Notices
. All notices
regarding Exhibit A (release) shall be sent by commercial express mail or other
commercially appropriate means that provide prompt delivery and require proof of
delivery. All other correspondence, including invoices, payments, and other
documents and communications, may be sent electronically or via regular mail.
The Parties shall have the right to rely on the last known address of the other
Parties. Any correctly addressed notice to last known address of the other
Parties that is relied on herein and that is refused, unclaimed, or
undeliverable because of an act or omission of the Party to be notified as
provided herein shall be deemed effective as of the first date that said notice
was refused, unclaimed, or deemed undeliverable by electronic mail, the postal
authorities by mail, through messenger or commercial express delivery
services.
(i)
No Waiver
. No waiver
of rights under this Agreement by any Party shall constitute a subsequent waiver
of this or any other right under this Agreement.
(j)
Assignment
. Except in
those circumstances where assignment of the Services Agreement is permitted, no
assignment of this Agreement by Depositor or Beneficiary or any rights or
obligations of Depositor or Beneficiary under this Agreement is permitted
without the written consent of Escrow Agent, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed. Escrow Agent shall have no obligation in performing this
Agreement to recognize any successor or assign of Depositor or Beneficiary
unless Escrow Agent receives clear, authoritative and conclusive written
evidence of the change of parties.
(k)
Severability
. In the
event any of the terms of this Agreement become or are declared to be illegal or
otherwise unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such term(s)
shall be null and void and shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement. All
remaining terms of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If this
paragraph becomes applicable and, as a result, the value of this Agreement is
materially impaired for any Party, as determined by such Party in its sole
discretion, then the affected Party may terminate this Agreement by written
notice to the others.
(l)
Independent Contractor
Relationship
. Depositor and Beneficiary understand, acknowledge, and
agree that Escrow Agent’s relationship with Depositor and Beneficiary will be
that of an independent contractor and that nothing in this Agreement is intended
to or should be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employment
relationship.
SCHEDULE
F-7
(m)
Attorneys’ Fees
. In
any suit or proceeding between the Parties relating to this Agreement, the
prevailing Party will have the right to recover from the other(s) its costs and
reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, and other professionals
incurred in connection with the suit or proceeding, including costs, fees and
expenses upon appeal, separately from and in addition to any other amount
included in such judgment. This provision is intended to be severable from the
other provisions of this Agreement, and shall survive and not be merged into any
such judgment.
(n)
No Agency
. No Party
has the right or authority to, and shall not, assume or create any obligation of
any nature whatsoever on behalf of the other Parties or bind the other Parties
in any respect whatsoever.
(o)
Disputes
. Any
dispute, difference or question relating to or arising among any of the Parties
concerning the construction, meaning, effect or implementation of this Agreement
or the rights or obligations of any Party hereof will be submitted to, and
settled by arbitration by a single arbitrator chosen by the corresponding
Regional Office of the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Parties shall
submit briefs of no more than 10 pages and the arbitration hearing shall be
limited to two (2) days maximum. The arbitrator shall apply Massachusetts law.
Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, arbitration will take place in Boston,
Massachusetts, U.S.A. Any court having jurisdiction over the matter may enter
judgment on the award of the arbitrator. Service of a petition to confirm the
arbitration award may be made by regular mail or by commercial express mail, to
the attorney for the Party or, if unrepresented, to the Party at the last known
business address. If however, Depositor or Beneficiary refuse to submit to
arbitration, the matter shall not be submitted to arbitration and Escrow Agent
may submit the matter to any court of competent jurisdiction for an interpleader
or similar action. Unless adjudged otherwise, any costs of arbitration incurred
by Escrow Agent, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, shall be
divided equally and paid by Depositor and Beneficiary.
(p)
Regulations
. All
Parties are responsible for and warrant, to the extent of their individual
actions or omissions, compliance with all applicable laws, rules and
regulations, including but not limited to: customs laws; import; export and
re-export laws; and government regulations of any country from or to which the
Deposit Materials may be delivered in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement.
(q)
No Third Party
Rights
. This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the Parties to
this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no
other person or entity shall have or acquire any right by virtue of this
Agreement unless otherwise agreed to by all the parties hereto.
(r)
Entire Agreement
. The
Parties agree that this Agreement, which includes all the Exhibits attached
hereto and all valid Work Requests submitted by the Parties, is the complete
agreement between the Parties hereto concerning the subject matter of this
Agreement and replaces any prior or contemporaneous oral or written
communications between the Parties. There are no conditions, understandings,
agreements, representations, or warranties, expressed or implied, which are not
specified herein. Each of the Parties herein represents and warrants that the
execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized
and signed by
SCHEDULE
F-8
a person
who meets statutory or other binding approval to sign on behalf of its business
organization as named in this Agreement. This Agreement may only be modified by
mutual written agreement of the Parties.
(s)
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
an original, but all of which together shall constitute one
instrument.
(t)
Survival
. Sections 6
(Term and Termination), 7 (General Indemnity), 8 (Warranties), 9 (Confidential
Information), 10 (Limitation of Liability) 11(Consequential Damages Waiver), and
12 (General) of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement or
any Exhibit attached hereto.
BENEFICIARY
:
BANK
OF AMERICA, N.A.
By: ____________________________
Print
Name: ____________________________
Title: ____________________________
|
DEPOSITOR
:
BOTTOMLINE
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By: ___________________________
Print
Name: ____________________________
Title: ____________________________
|
ESCROW AGENT
:
By: ____________________________
Print
Name: ____________________________
Title:
____________________________
|
|
SCHEDULE
F-9
EXHIBIT
A
RELEASE
OF DEPOSIT MATERIALS
Deposit Account
Number:
____________________________
Escrow
Agent will use the following procedures to process any Beneficiary Work Request
to release Deposit Material. All notices under this Exhibit A shall be sent
pursuant to the terms of Section 12(h) Notices.
1.
Release Conditions
.
The Depositor and Beneficiary agree that a Work Request for the release of the
Deposit Materials shall be based solely on one or more of the Escrow Release
Conditions set forth in Section 9.5 of the Services Agreement.
2.
Release Work Request
.
A Beneficiary may submit a Work Request to Escrow Agent to release the Deposit
Materials covered under this Agreement. Escrow Agent will send a written notice
of this Beneficiary Work Request within five (5) business days to the
Depositor’s Authorized Person(s).
3.
Contrary
Instructions
. From the date Escrow Agent mails written notice of the
Beneficiary Work Request to release Deposit Materials covered under this
Agreement, Depositor authorized representative(s) shall have ten (10) business
days to deliver to Escrow Agent contrary instructions. Contrary instructions
shall mean the written representation by Depositor that a Release Condition has
not occurred or has been cured (“
Contrary Instructions
”).
Contrary Instructions shall be on company letterhead and signed by an authorized
Depositor representative. Upon receipt of Contrary Instructions, Escrow Agent
shall promptly send a copy to Beneficiary’s Authorized Person(s). Additionally,
Escrow Agent shall notify both Depositor and Beneficiary Authorized Person(s)
that there is a dispute to be resolved pursuant to the Disputes provisions of
this Agreement. Escrow Agent will continue to store Deposit Materials without
release pending (i) joint instructions from Depositor and Beneficiary with
instructions to release the Deposit Material; or (ii) dispute resolution
pursuant to the Disputes provisions of this Agreement; or (iii) receipt of an
order from a court of competent jurisdiction.
4.
Release of Deposit
Material
. If Escrow Agent does not receive Contrary Instructions from an
authorized Depositor representative, Escrow Agent is authorized to release
Deposit Materials to the Beneficiary or, if more than one Beneficiary is
registered to the deposit, to release a copy of Deposit Materials to the
Beneficiary. Escrow Agent is entitled to receive any undisputed, unpaid Service
Fees due Escrow Agent from the Parties before fulfilling the Work Request to
release Deposit Materials covered under this Agreement. Any Party may cure a
default of payment of Service Fees.
5.
Termination of Agreement
Upon Release
. This Agreement will terminate upon the effective date of
the license granted under Section 9.6(b) of the Services Agreement following
release of Deposit Materials held by Escrow Agent.
6.
Right to Use Following
Release
. Beneficiary has the right under this Agreement to use the
Deposit Materials for the sole purpose of continuing the benefits afforded to
Beneficiary by the Services Agreement. Notwithstanding, the Beneficiary shall
not have access to the Deposit
SCHEDULE
F-10
Materials
unless there is a release of the Deposit Materials in accordance with this
Agreement. Beneficiary shall be obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the
released Deposit Material.
SCHEDULE
F-11
SCHEDULE
G
SCHEDULE
G
PayMode Security
Requirements
In
addition to the other provisions in the Services Agreement relating to
confidentiality, the handling of data, etc., the following security requirements
shall apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Services Agreement to
the contrary, Bank may amend these requirements from time to time.
1.1
With
respect to all PayMode Data, Tech’s privacy policy will conform, in [**]
reasonable judgment, to that of [**], as it may exist from time to
time.
2.1
Tech
shall implement reasonable controls to ensure that access to its systems
[**]. Tech shall notify Bank of any [**]. No such change
[**] of PayMode Data, may be [**] shall have the right to approve these types of
changes prior to their becoming effective.
2.2
Tech
shall conduct [**] testing on those portions of the Tech network which [**]
PayMode Data on a mutually agreed schedule and terms. Tech agrees to
[**] this service.
2.3
Tech
shall permit [**], and PayMode Data [**] on a mutually agreed schedule and
terms. Tech’s agreement with [**] of this Services Agreement shall
likewise [**].
2.4
Subject
to the terms of this Services Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto, Tech
will use reasonable best efforts to [**] PayMode Data, [**] by
Tech. Tech shall [**], in order to ensure [**] in accordance with the
terms of this Services Agreement, its Schedules, [**].
3.
|
Detection
and Response
|
3.1
Tech
shall monitor [**]. Tech shall notify Bank [**], in the event of a
[**]. Per Section IV of the Supplier Security Requirements, [**]
shall be contacted by calling [**] retains the right to make appropriate
notifications to [**] shall make no notice to [**] without the written
permission, and at the written direction, of [**] shall cooperate fully with all
[**].
3.2
Tech
shall maintain for a mutually agreed-upon length of time, [**] PayMode
Data. Bank may [**] upon reasonable prior notice. Tech
acknowledges and agrees that [**] PayMode Data [**] in the event of a
[**]. Upon the request of Bank, Tech shall [**]. Nothing
in this Section 3.2 shall give [**].
3.3
Tech
shall monitor [**] in an adequate and timely manner. Unless otherwise
expressly agreed in writing, [**]. This obligation [**].
3.4
Tech will
perform [**]. Tech will promptly provide the results to
Bank.
4.
|
Security
Program Features
|
SCHEDULE
G-1
4.1
At the
request of Bank, Tech shall meet with the Bank [**] at mutually agreeable times
and locations.
4.2
Bank
acknowledges and agrees that the information Tech so provides [**], as defined
in this Services Agreement, and is [**]. Tech shall provide [**].
[**].
5.
|
Information
Destruction Requirements
|
5.1
At Bank’s
direction, subject to Section 10.6 of the Services Agreement, Tech shall destroy
all Bank’s Confidential Information [**] after it is no longer needed for
performance under this Services Agreement or to satisfy regulatory
requirements. Tech must have in place [**]. These
information destruction requirements are to be applied to [**].
5.2
[**]
includes [**]. This media must be [**] and it is no longer
needed. This media may be [**]. The media may be
[**]. Tech is responsible for [**]. Confidential
Information in this media must be [**] for any purpose.
5.3
[**]
includes [**]. This media is to be [**]. The resulting
media must be [**] for any purpose.
5.4
These
processes must be [**]. The procedure must also [**]. Tech
shall keep records [**].
SCHEDULE
H
SCHEDULE
H
Business
Associate Addendum
This
Business Associate Addendum (the “Addendum”) is made and entered into as of
Effective Date by and between
BANK OF AMERICA, N. A.
(“Bank”) and
BOTTOMLINE
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(the “Tech”) (each a “Party” and collectively the
“Parties”).
WHEREAS
, Bank and Tech are
entering into the Services Agreement to which this Addendum is attached (the
“Services Agreement”), pursuant to which Tech will provide services to Bank;
and
WHEREAS
, the services provided
by Bank to its customers that are “covered entities” (“Covered Entities”) (as
defined below) under privacy and information security regulations, including the
regulations contained in 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, as amended from time to
time (the “HIPAA Regulations”) promulgated under the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) cause Bank to be considered
a “business associate” of those Covered Entities, and pursuant to the Services
Agreement, Tech will provide certain services to Bank requiring Tech to have
access to Protected Health Information (“PHI”) (as defined below) of the Covered
Entities; and
WHEREAS
, under its business
associate agreements with the Covered Entities, Bank is required to obtain
contractual assurances from its subcontractors who receive or obtain PHI of the
Covered Entities in the course of providing services to Bank that they will
safeguard the PHI in accordance with applicable requirements under the HIPAA
Regulations; and
WHEREAS
, Bank and Tech desire
to incorporate into the Services Agreement certain provisions required to be
implemented by Bank under its business associate agreements with the Covered
Entities.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and the
continued provision of PHI by Bank to Tech under the Services Agreement in
reliance on this Addendum, the Parties agree as follows:
1.
|
Definitions
.
For
purposes of this Addendum, the terms below shall have the meanings given
to them in this Section.
|
(a)
|
Covered Entities
shall
mean the customers of Bank that are covered entities as defined in 45
C.F.R. § 160.103.
|
(b)
|
Data Aggregation
shall
mean, with respect to PHI created or received by Bank in its capacity as
the business associate of a Covered Entity, the combining of such PHI by
Tech with the PHI received by Bank in its capacity as a business associate
of another Covered Entity, to permit data analyses that relate to the
Health Care Operations (defined below) of the respective Covered
Entities.
|
(c)
|
Designated Record Set
shall mean a group of Records maintained by or for Bank that: (a) consists
of medical records and billing records about individuals maintained by or
for a Covered Entity; (b) consists of the enrollment, payment, claims
adjudication, and case or medical management record systems maintained by
or for a health plan; or (c) consists of Records used, in whole or part,
by or for the Covered Entity to make decisions about individual
patients. As used herein, the term “Record” shall mean any
item, collection or grouping of information that includes PHI and is
maintained, collected, used or disseminated by or for a
provider.
|
(d)
|
De-Identify
shall mean
to alter the PHI such that the resulting information meets the
requirements described in 45 C.F.R. § 164.514(a) and
(b).
|
(e)
|
Effective Date
shall
mean the date first written above.
|
(f)
|
Electronic PHI
shall
mean any PHI maintained in or transmitted by “electronic media” as defined
in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103.
|
(g)
|
Health Care Operations
shall have the meaning given to that term at 45 C.F.R. §
164.501.
|
(h)
|
HHS
shall mean the U.S.
Department of Health and Human
Services.
|
(i)
|
HITECH Act
shall mean
the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act
included in the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of
2009.
|
(j)
|
Protected Health
Information
or
PHI
shall have the
meaning given to that term at 45 C.F.R. §
164.501.
|
(k)
|
Security Incident
shall
mean the attempted or successful unauthorized access, use, disclosure,
modification, or destruction of PHI or interference with system operations
in an information system that contains
PHI.
|
2.
|
Use
and Disclosure of PHI
.
|
(a)
|
Except
as otherwise provided in this Addendum, Tech may use or disclose PHI as
reasonably necessary to provide the services described in the Services
Agreement, or to undertake other activities of Tech permitted or required
by this Addendum or as required by
law.
|
(b)
|
Except
as otherwise limited by this Addendum, Bank authorizes Tech to use the PHI
in its possession for the proper management and administration of Tech’s
business and to carry out its legal responsibilities. Tech may
disclose PHI for its proper management and administration, provided that
(i) such disclosures are required by law; or (ii) Tech obtains, in
writing, prior to making any disclosure to a third party: (a) reasonable
assurances from such third party that the PHI will be held confidential as
provided under this Addendum and used or further disclosed only as
required by law or for the purpose for which it was disclosed to such
third party; and (b) an agreement from such third party to notify Tech
immediately of any breaches of the confidentiality of the PHI, to the
extent it has knowledge of such
breach.
|
SCHEDULE
H-2
(c)
|
Bank
does not authorize Tech to De-Identify the PHI or to perform Data
Aggregation services without the prior written consent of
Bank.
|
(d)
|
Tech
shall not use or disclose PHI in a manner other than as provided in this
Addendum, as permitted under the HIPAA Regulations, or as required by
law. Tech will not use or disclose PHI in any manner that would
violate applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, the
HIPAA Regulations, if done by a Covered
Entity.
|
(e)
|
Upon
request, Tech shall make available to Bank any PHI of the Covered Entities
that Tech, or any of its subcontractors or agents, have in their
possession.
|
3.
|
Safeguards
Against Misuse of PHI
.
Tech shall
implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards that
reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, availability,
and integrity of the Electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains,
or transmits on behalf of Bank or its Covered Entity clients, and shall
use appropriate safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of all PHI
other than as provided by the Services Agreement or this
Addendum. In particular, but without limitation, Tech shall
provide security for all PHI provided to it under this Addendum that meets
the standards set forth in the Guidance issued by HHS under the HITECH
Act, as published in 74 Fed. Reg. 19006, et seq. (April 27, 2009), as such
standards may be modified or amended by HHS. Tech agrees to
take reasonable steps to ensure that the actions or omissions of its
employees or agents do not cause Tech to breach the terms of this
Addendum.
|
4.
|
Reporting
to Bank
.
Tech shall
report to Bank in writing (1) any use or disclosure of PHI not provided
for by this Addendum of which it becomes aware, or (2) any Security
Incident affecting Electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains, or
transmits on behalf of Bank or its Covered Entity customers of which it
becomes aware in accordance with the following
requirements:
|
(a)
|
Tech
will report to Bank any use or disclosure of the PHI pursuant to any
Security Incident of which it becomes aware in accordance with the
following reporting procedures for Security Incidents that result in
unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of
information or interference with system operations (“Successful Security
Incidents”) and for Security Incidents that do not so result
(“Unsuccessful Security
Incidents”):
|
(1)
For
Unsuccessful Security Incidents, Tech and Bank agree that this paragraph
constitutes notice of such Unsuccessful Security Incidents. By way of example,
the Parties consider the following to be illustrative of Unsuccessful Security
Incidents when they do not result in actual unauthorized access, use,
disclosure, modification or destruction of Electronic PHI or interference with
an information system that contains or processes Electronic PHI: (i) pings on a
firewall, (ii) port scans, (iii) attempts to log on to a system or enter a
database
SCHEDULE
H-3
with an
invalid password or username, (iv) denial-of-service attacks that do not result
in a server being taken off-line, and (v) Malware (worms, viruses,
etc.).
(2)
For
Successful Security Incidents, Tech will give Bank immediate notice after
learning of the Successful Security Incident.
5.
|
Mitigation
of Disclosures of PHI
.
Tech shall
mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect that is known to
Tech of any use or disclosure of PHI by Tech or its agents or
subcontractors in violation of the requirements of this
Addendum.
|
6.
|
Agreements
with Agents or Subcontractors
.
Tech shall
ensure that any agent or subcontractor that has access to or to which Tech
provides PHI agrees in writing to the restrictions and conditions
concerning uses and disclosures of PHI contained herein, and agrees to
implement reasonable and appropriate safeguards to protect any Electronic
PHI that it creates, receives, maintains, or transmits on behalf of Bank
or a Covered Entity.
|
7.
|
Access
to PHI by Individuals
.
|
(a)
|
Upon
request, Tech agrees to furnish Bank with copies of the PHI maintained by
Tech in a Designated Record Set in the time and manner designated by
Bank.
|
(b)
|
In
the event any individual or personal representative requests access to the
individual’s PHI directly from Tech, Tech shall forward that request
immediately to Bank. Any disclosure of, or decision not to
disclose, the PHI requested by an individual or a personal representative
and compliance with the requirements applicable to an individual’s right
top obtain access to PHI shall be the sole responsibility of the Covered
Entity contracting with Bank.
|
(a)
|
Upon
request and instruction from Bank, Tech shall amend PHI or a Record about
an individual in a Designated Record Set that is maintained by, or
otherwise within the possession of, Tech as directed by Bank in accordance
with procedures established by 45 C.F.R. § 164.526. Any request
by Bank to amend such information shall be completed by Tech promptly upon
the request from Bank.
|
(b)
|
In
the event that any individual requests that Tech amend such individual’s
PHI or Record in a Designated Record Set, Tech shall forward such request
immediately to Bank. Any amendment of, or decision not to
amend, the PHI or Record as requested by an individual and compliance with
the requirements applicable to an individual’s right to request an
amendment of PHI shall be the sole responsibility of the Covered Entity
contracting with Bank.
|
9.
|
Accounting of
Disclosures
.
|
(a)
|
Tech
shall document any disclosures of PHI made by it, except for disclosures
relating to treatment, payment or health care operations of the Covered
Entities of Bank or other disclosures excepted under 45 C.F.R. § 164.528
(a). Tech also shall make available information related to such
disclosures as would be required for the Covered Entity customers of Bank
to respond to a request for an accounting of disclosures in accordance
with 45 C.F.R. § 164.528. At a minimum, Tech shall furnish Bank
the following with respect to any covered disclosures by
Tech: (i) the date of disclosure of PHI; (ii) the name of the
entity or person who received PHI, and, if known, the address of such
entity or person; (iii) a brief description of the PHI disclosed; and (iv)
a brief statement of the purpose of the disclosure which includes the
basis for such disclosure.
|
SCHEDULE
H-4
(b)
|
Tech
hereby agrees to implement an appropriate recordkeeping system to enable
it to comply with the requirements of this Section. Tech agrees
to retain such records for a minimum of six (6)
years.
|
(c)
|
Tech
shall furnish to Bank information collected in accordance with this
Section, in the time and manner designated by Bank, to permit the Covered
Entity contracting with Bank to make an accounting of disclosures as
required by 45 C.F.R. § 164.528.
|
(d)
|
In
the event that an individual delivers the request for an accounting
directly to Tech, Tech shall forward such request immediately to
Bank. The Covered Entity contracting with Bank shall maintain
sole responsibility for preparing and delivering any accounting requested
and for complying with the requirements applicable to an individual’s
right to obtain an accounting of disclosures of
PHI.
|
10.
|
Availability
of Books and Records
.
Tech shall
make available to Bank its internal practices, books, agreements, records,
and policies and procedures relating to the use and disclosure of PHI and,
upon request, to the Secretary of HHS for purposes of determining a
Covered Entity’s compliance with the HIPAA
Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any such
disclosure to the Secretary of HHS or any other federal or state agency,
Tech shall notify Bank in writing immediately of such request and shall
furnish Bank with copies of such request. Bank and Tech agree
to work together in responding to any such request, including but not
limited to engaging in an effort to obtain a confidentiality agreement,
protective order, injunction or court order, if necessary, to preserve any
applicable privilege.
|
11.
|
Term and
Termination
.
|
(a)
|
This
Addendum shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue
in effect until all obligations of the Parties have been met under the
Services Agreement and under this
Addendum.
|
(b)
|
Bank
may terminate immediately this Addendum, the Services Agreement, and any
other related agreements if Tech has breached a material term of this
Addendum and Tech has failed to cure that material breach, to the
reasonable satisfaction of Bank, within forty-five (45) days after written
notice from Bank; provided, however, that if Bank determines in its
reasonable judgment that the material breach cannot be cured feasibly
within forty-five (45) days or that immediate termination is necessary to
prevent further unauthorized uses or disclosures of PHI, it shall have the
right to terminate this Addendum and/or the Services Agreement
immediately.
|
SCHEDULE
H-5
(c)
|
Upon
termination of the Services Agreement for any reason, all PHI maintained
by Tech shall be returned to Bank or destroyed by Tech. Tech
shall not retain any copies of such information. This provision
shall apply to PHI in the possession of Tech’s subcontractors and
agents. If return or destruction of the PHI is not feasible in
Tech’s reasonable judgment, Tech shall furnish Bank with notification, in
writing, of the conditions that make return or destruction
infeasible. Upon mutual agreement of the Parties that return or
destruction of the PHI is infeasible, Tech will extend the protections of
this Addendum to such information for as long as Tech retains such
information and will limit further uses and disclosures to those purposes
that make the return or destruction of the information not
feasible. This Section 11(c) shall survive any termination of
this Addendum.
|
(a)
|
This
Addendum is a part of and subject to the terms of the Services Agreement,
except that to the extent any terms of this Addendum conflict with any
term of the Services Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control
and all other terms of the Services Agreement shall remain in full force
and effect. In the event of inconsistency between the
provisions of this Addendum and mandatory provisions of the HIPAA
Regulations, as amended, or their interpretation by any court or
regulatory agency of competent authority and jurisdiction over either
Party hereto, the HIPAA Regulations, as interpreted by such court or
agency, shall control. Where the provisions of this Addendum
are different from those mandated in the HIPAA Regulations, but are
nonetheless permitted by such rules as interpreted by courts or agencies,
the provisions of this Addendum shall
control.
|
(b)
|
Except
as expressly stated herein or as provided by law, this Addendum shall not
create any rights in favor of any third
party.
|
13.
|
Regulatory
References
.
A reference
in this Addendum to a section in the HIPAA Regulations means the section
as in effect or as amended.
|
14.
|
Notices
.
All
notices, requests and demands or other communications to be given
hereunder to a Party shall be made via first class mail, registered or
certified or express courier to such Party’s address given below, and/or
via facsimile to the facsimile telephone numbers listed
below:
|
SCHEDULE
H-6
If to Bank, to
:
Michael
J. Butz
Sourcing
Manager I
Bank
of America
Mail
Code: NC1-023-09-01
525
N Tryon St.
Charlotte,
NC 28255
Facsimile
number: 617.310.2235
|
With a copy to
:
Kelly
Spinard
Senior
Compliance Manager
Bank
of America
Mail
Code: RI1-537-08-02
1
Financial Plaza
Providence,
RI 02903
Facsimile
number: 617.310.2313
|
If to Tech, to
:
Robert
A. Eberle
President
and CEO
Bottomline
Technologies (de), Inc.
325
Corporate Drive
Portsmouth,
NH 03801
Facsimile
number: 603. 436.0300
|
With a copy to
:
John
A. Burgess, Esq.
Wilmer
Cutler Pickering Hale & Dorr LLP
60
State Street
Boston,
MA 02109
Facsimile
number: 617. 526.5000
|
15.
|
Amendments;
Waiver
.
This
Addendum may not be modified, nor shall any provision be waived or
amended, except in writing duly signed by authorized representatives of
the Parties. The Parties acknowledge that federal laws
regarding health information privacy and data security are undergoing
rapid change and hereby agree to amend, upon the mutual agreement of the
parties, this Addendum from time to time as is necessary for Bank and its
Covered Entity customers to comply with these statutory
requirements. Should the parties fail to agree promptly to
reasonable terms and conditions to amend this Addendum as required in
order to comply with a new or revised law, rule or regulation, Bank may
promptly terminate this Addendum and/or the Services Agreement (pursuant
to Sections 15.2 and 23.14(d) of the Services Agreement). A
waiver with respect to one event shall not be construed as continuing, or
as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy as to subsequent
events.
|
16.
|
HITECH
Act Compliance
.
The Parties
acknowledge that the HITECH Act includes several provisions impacting the
health care industry, including significant changes to the HIPAA
Regulations. The Privacy Subtitle of the HITECH Act sets forth provisions
that significantly change the requirements for business associates and the
agreements between business associates and covered entities under the
HIPAA Regulations and many of these changes will be clarified in
forthcoming regulations and guidance. Each Party agrees to
comply with the applicable provisions of the HITECH Act and any
implementing regulations and guidance issued thereunder. Also,
the Parties agree to modify this Addendum as reasonably necessary to
comply with the HITECH Act and its implementing regulations, guidance, and
interpretations as they become
effective.
|
SCHEDULE
H-7
In Witness Whereof
, this
Addendum is executed by the Parties as of the date first written
above.
BANK
OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:
/s/ Mike
Butz
Print
Name:
Mike
Butz
Title:
VP, Supply
Chain
|
BOTTOMLINE
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:
/s/ Robert A.
Eberle
Print
Name:
Robert A.
Eberle
Title:
President and
CEO
|
SCHEDULE
H-8
SCHEDULE
I
SCHEDULE
I
Agreements Subject to
Consent Requirement
1)
|
Customer
Service Agreement with [**]
|
2)
|
Customer
Service Agreement with [**]
|
SCHEDULE
J
SCHEDULE
J
Background
Checks
In
accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Services
Agreement, within [**] after executing this Services Agreement with respect to
any person that is a former employee of Bank being assigned to participate in
the provision of Services to Bank, and prior to participating in the provision
of Services to Bank with respect to any person who is not a former employee of
Bank, the following background screening guidelines must be administered to and
successfully passed by each Representative of Tech (“Contract
Person”):
(b)
|
Search
of the Contract Person’s social security number to verify the accuracy of
the individual’s identity and current and previous
addresses.
|
(c)
|
A
criminal background search of all court records in each venue of the
Contract Person’s current and previous addresses
[**].
|
(d)
|
A
minimum of at least [**] work references prior to assignment at
Bank.
|
(e)
|
Verification
of highest post high school education or degrees, i.e., B.A., B.S.,
Associate, or professional
certifications.
|
(f)
|
Validation
of United States citizenship or certification to work in the United
States.
|
Tech
shall keep copies of background screening documentation and provide
certification of their completion to Bank when requested.
SCHEDULE
K
SCHEDULE
K
Business Continuity
Requirements
1.
|
Tech
shall establish, maintain and implement a Business Continuity Plan per the
terms of this Services Agreement. The Business Continuity Plan
shall include recovery strategy, loss of critical personnel, documented
recovery plans covering all areas of operations necessary to delivering
Tech’s Services pursuant to this Services Agreement, vital records
protection and testing plans. The plans shall provide, without
limitation, for off-site backup of critical data files, Confidential
Information, software, documentation, forms and supplies as well as
alternative means of transmitting and processing Confidential
Information.
|
2.
|
The
recovery strategy shall provide for recovery after both short and long
term disruptions in facilities, environmental support, workforce
availability, and data processing equipment. Although short term outages
can be protected with redundant resources and network diversity, the long
term strategy must allow for total destruction of Tech’s business
operations for a period of [**] or longer and set forth a recovery
strategy.
|
3.
|
Tech’s
recovery objectives shall not exceed the following during any recovery
period:
|
(a)
|
Time
to Full Restoration from time of disruption event:
[**]
|
(b)
|
Maximum
Data Loss (stated in hours) from time of disruption event:
[**]
|
(c)
|
Percentage
Reduction of Service Levels: [**]
|
4.
|
Bank
agrees to work with Tech to determine a mutually agreeable date for Tech
to match the new objectives if
necessary.
|
5.
|
Tech
shall continue to provide Services to Bank, at Bank’s expense, if Bank
activates its contingency plan or moves to an interim site to conduct its
business, including during tests of Bank’s contingency operations
plans.
|
6.
|
Tech
shall furnish contingency recovery plans, contingency exercise and testing
schedules annually or upon request. Tech shall provide to Bank,
annually, or upon request, copies of all contingency exercise final
reports, and shall include disaster scenario description, exercise scope
and objectives, detailed tasks, exercise issues list and remediation, and
exercise results. If requested, Tech shall allow Bank, at its own expense,
to observe a contingency test.
|
7.
|
If
Tech provides electronic interchange of data with Bank, Tech shall
participate, if requested and at Bank’s expense, in the recovery exercises
of Bank to validate recovery
capability.
|
8.
|
Tech
shall provide evidence of capability to meet any applicable regulatory
requirements concerning business
continuity.
|
9.
|
Tech
shall participate, if reasonably requested by Bank and at Bank’s expense,
in recovery testing of a mutually agreed upon scope and
frequency.
|